WO2022206864A1 - Discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system - Google Patents

Discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022206864A1
WO2022206864A1 PCT/CN2022/084211 CN2022084211W WO2022206864A1 WO 2022206864 A1 WO2022206864 A1 WO 2022206864A1 CN 2022084211 W CN2022084211 W CN 2022084211W WO 2022206864 A1 WO2022206864 A1 WO 2022206864A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time
data
resource
time domain
timer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/084211
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
刘南南
常俊仁
谢曦
沙桐
邝奕如
徐恒书
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2022206864A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022206864A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W76/00Connection management
    • H04W76/20Manipulation of established connections
    • H04W76/28Discontinuous transmission [DTX]; Discontinuous reception [DRX]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • H04L1/12Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel
    • H04L1/16Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received by using return channel in which the return channel carries supervisory signals, e.g. repetition request signals
    • H04L1/18Automatic repetition systems, e.g. Van Duuren systems
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/06Selective distribution of broadcast services, e.g. multimedia broadcast multicast service [MBMS]; Services to user groups; One-way selective calling services
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W52/00Power management, e.g. TPC [Transmission Power Control], power saving or power classes
    • H04W52/02Power saving arrangements
    • H04W52/0209Power saving arrangements in terminal devices
    • H04W52/0225Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal
    • H04W52/0248Power saving arrangements in terminal devices using monitoring of external events, e.g. the presence of a signal dependent on the time of the day, e.g. according to expected transmission activity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W56/00Synchronisation arrangements
    • H04W56/001Synchronization between nodes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/12Wireless traffic scheduling

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a discontinuous reception control method, device, and system.
  • a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism is introduced to control the terminal equipment to monitor the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel). channel, PDCCH) behavior.
  • a terminal device configured with a DRX mechanism can enter a "sleep state" (also known as an inactive period (opportunity for DRX)).
  • the terminal device in the "sleep state” does not monitor the PDCCH.
  • the activation time period consists of the on-duration time period after the inactive time period and the activation extension time period that may occur subsequently.
  • An active period and an inactive period constitute a DRX cycle.
  • the activation extension period that may occur within the activation period is determined by at least one of InactivityTimer and RetransmissionTimerDL, where RetransmissionTimerDL only expires when the HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out and the terminal device fails to decode the data received this time. Therefore, the activation or restart of drx-RetransmissionTimerDL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL and/or the time of activation or restart will affect the activation extension period that may occur after the on duration period, which in turn affects the activation period and The end device receives data during the activation time period.
  • MBS multicast and broadcast services
  • NR new radio
  • V2X vehicle to everthing
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a discontinuous reception control method, apparatus, and system, which are used to solve the problem of how to align the activation time periods of different terminal devices.
  • a first aspect provides a discontinuous reception control method, the method includes: a first communication device receives first control information, the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or multicast data or, the first communication device receives the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the first communication device receives the first control information and the first data, the first The control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein, the first The timer is used to instruct the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the time period before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
  • the first communication device that receives data can start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Compared with the existing DRX mechanism, it can align the The start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer, thereby aligning the activation times of different communication devices.
  • the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer at the first time or a second timer; or, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource or the second timer, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • a discontinuous reception control method includes: a first communication device receives first control information, the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or multicast data or, the first communication device receives the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the first communication device receives the first control information and the first data, the first The control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the first timer. The length of time a communication device receives retransmitted data.
  • the first communication device may control the duration of the first timer according to the first time. It can be understood that in the group where the first communication device is located, all communication devices also The first time controls the duration of the first timer, so as to align the end time of the first timer by controlling the duration of the first timer, thereby aligning the activation end times of different communication devices.
  • the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time, including: the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the time of the first timer or the second timer. time, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration; or, if the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, the first communication device extends the first timer The duration of the timer is reduced by the first duration; wherein the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
  • the first duration is the duration between the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer and the first time.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device sends the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer ; wherein, the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
  • a discontinuous reception control method comprising: a first communication device receiving first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule first data; and/or, the first communication device receiving the first control information data; the first communication device determines not to transmit the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time ; wherein, the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data.
  • the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, so that data can be received during the start or restart of the first timer.
  • the existing unicast DRX mechanism after the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot start or restart the first timer or the second timer because the feedback signal is not sent. Therefore, this solution solves the problem that in the existing unicast DRX mechanism, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot receive data that may be sent subsequently.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
  • the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority of the first transmission receive the corresponding priority.
  • the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, transmission of the first data, and transmission of the first sidelink.
  • the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
  • the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer at the first time or a second timer; or, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource or the second timer, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the time domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the first time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the first The time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position after or before the first transmission resource.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes Any one or more of the following: information on the first feedback resource set, information on the first identifier, information on the first feedback resource, and information on the first transmission resource; wherein the first feedback resource set includes feedback corresponding to the first data resource.
  • the method further includes: the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
  • the indication information further includes: information of x, or information of y.
  • the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
  • the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time The time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information;
  • the information includes any one or more of the following: information of the second time, information of the first time interval.
  • the indication information further includes: z information.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the time domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the second time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein, the first The feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  • the information of the second time includes any one or more of the following: the information of the first feedback resource set, the information of the first identification, The information of the first feedback resource, the information of x.
  • the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
  • the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
  • the first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein, the first The transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
  • the first communication apparatus acquires indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time.
  • the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
  • the first time includes the wth time domain resource or the wth time domain before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource Before the resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication device.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes The information of the first feedback resource, and/or the information of W.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive the first data are the same; or, different communication devices that receive the first data
  • the corresponding feedback resources are located within the same time domain resources.
  • the second timer times out, and the first timer is started or restarted.
  • a first communication apparatus for implementing the above method.
  • the first communication apparatus includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the first communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is used to receive the first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data,
  • the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first control information and the first data , the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode
  • the processing module is used to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time ; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the transceiver module to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the transceiver module receives the retransmitted data.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver.
  • the processing module starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the processing module starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer at the first time timer; or, the processing module starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • a first communication apparatus for implementing the above method.
  • the first communication apparatus includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the first communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is used to receive first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data, The first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first control information and the first data , the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the processing module is used to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein, the first The timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver.
  • the processing module is configured to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, including: the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the time of the first timer or the second timer. time, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration; or, if the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, the first communication device extends the first timer The duration of the timer is reduced by the first duration; wherein, the second timer is used to indicate the duration of waiting before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
  • the first duration is the duration between the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer and the first time.
  • the transceiver module is also used to send the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request; the processing module is also used to start or restart the first timer or the second timer The device; wherein the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
  • a first communication apparatus for implementing the above method.
  • the first communication apparatus includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the first communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is used to receive first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and/or, receiving the first data; the processing module is configured to determine not to transmit the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; Start or restart the first timer or the second timer; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data. duration.
  • the processing module may be a processor
  • the transceiver module may be a transceiver.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
  • the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission.
  • the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, transmission of the first data, and transmission of the first sidelink.
  • the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
  • the processing module configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the processing module is configured to start or restart at the first time The first timer or the second timer; or, the processing module is configured to start or restart the first time domain resource after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource Timer or second timer, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the time domain of the first feedback resource.
  • the first time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the first The time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position after or before the first transmission resource.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes Any one or more of the following: information on the first feedback resource set, information on the first identifier, information on the first feedback resource, and information on the first transmission resource; wherein the first feedback resource set includes feedback corresponding to the first data resource.
  • the method further includes: the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
  • the indication information further includes: information of x, or information of y.
  • the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
  • the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time The time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information;
  • the information includes any one or more of the following: information of the second time, information of the first time interval.
  • the indication information further includes: z information.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the first feedback resource.
  • the second time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein, the first The feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  • the information of the second time includes any one or more of the following: the information of the first feedback resource set, the information of the first identification, The information of the first feedback resource, the information of x.
  • the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
  • the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
  • the first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein, the first The transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
  • the first communication apparatus acquires indication information, and the indication information includes information of the first time.
  • the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
  • the first time includes the wth time domain resource or the wth time domain before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource Before the resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication device.
  • the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes The information of the first feedback resource, and/or the information of W.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices receiving the first data are the same; or, different communication devices receiving the first data
  • the corresponding feedback resources are located within the same time domain resources.
  • the second timer times out, and the first timer is started or restarted.
  • the technical effect brought by any one of the design methods in the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect , and will not be repeated here.
  • a first communication device comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and when the first device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the first device executes the discontinuous reception control method according to any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
  • a first communication device comprising: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled to a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspects according to the instruction The discontinuous reception control method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, so that when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer can execute the discontinuous sequence described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects. Receive control method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enable the computer to execute the discontinuous reception control method according to any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
  • An eleventh aspect provides an apparatus (for example, the apparatus may be a system-on-a-chip), the apparatus includes a processor for supporting the first communication apparatus to implement the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect or third aspect
  • the device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the first communication device.
  • the device When the device is a system-on-chip, it may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
  • the technical effect brought by any one of the design methods in the seventh aspect to the eleventh aspect can refer to the technical effect brought by different design methods in the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect. Repeat.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX cycle provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a next-generation wireless access network system according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 5 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flowchart of a discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of a first feedback resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of a first transmission resource according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of another first feedback resource provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of frequency division of feedback resources according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position sequence diagram of a first feedback resource in a feedback resource according to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of another discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a first time and a first duration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic flowchart of another discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Transmission mode of MBS For the transmission of MBS services/data, there may be any one or more of the following transmission modes: dynamic transmission mode and/or configuration transmission mode.
  • the dynamic transmission mode includes a point-to-point (Point-to-Point, PTP) transmission mode and/or a PTM transmission mode.
  • PTP Point-to-Point
  • PTM PTM transmission mode
  • the PTP transmission mode In this transmission mode, the sender sends a piece of data to a receiver.
  • the PTP transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) uses the terminal device-specific Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) (for example, the cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI), the first RNTI) scrambled PDCCH/Downlink control information (Downlink control information, DCI) (for terminal equipment) scheduling terminal equipment-specific RNTI (for example, C-RNTI, first RNTI) scrambled physical downlink shared channel (Physical downlink shared channel) channel, PDSCH).
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • Cell-RNTI cell radio network temporary identifier
  • DCI Downlink control information
  • terminal equipment-specific RNTI for example, C-RNTI, first RNTI
  • the PTP transmission mode may also be referred to as the C+C transmission mode.
  • DCI may be replaced by PDCCH
  • PDCCH may be replaced by DCI
  • RNTI scrambled PDCCH/DCI/control information may be understood as: cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of RNTI scrambled PDCCH/DCI/control information, or, cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of PDCCH/DCI/control information CRC is scrambled by RNTI (PDCCH/DCI/control information with CRC scrambled by RNTI).
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • CRC cyclic redundancy check
  • PTM transmission mode Through the PTM transmission mode, the sender can send a piece of data to multiple receivers.
  • the PTM transmission method may include the first PTM transmission method and/or the second PTM transmission method:
  • the first PTM transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) schedules the common RNTI ( For example, G-RNTI, second RNTI) scrambled PDSCH. Or it can be understood that the network side scrambles a DCI through a common RNTI, and the DCI is used to schedule a piece of data scrambled through a common RNTI. In this case, multiple communication devices receive the same DCI, and there are many The data received by each communication device is the same.
  • the common RNTI For example, G-RNTI, second RNTI
  • the first PTM transmission mode may also be called a G+G transmission mode.
  • the second PTM transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) schedules a common RNTI (eg, G - RNTI, second RNTI) scrambled PDSCH. Or it can be understood in this way that each communication device in the plurality of communication devices respectively receives a DCI scrambled by a specific RNTI, but these DCIs are used to schedule the same data, that is, although the DCIs received by each communication device are different. The same, but the data received by the plurality of communication devices are the same.
  • a common RNTI eg, G - RNTI, second RNTI
  • the second PTM transmission mode may also be referred to as the C+G transmission mode.
  • PDSCH can also be understood as data.
  • the configuration transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) transmits data/multicast data on the configuration resource (to the terminal device); or, (the terminal device) receives the data/multicast data (sent by the network device) on the configuration resource.
  • the configuration transport mode can also be referred to as a semi-static transport mode.
  • Configuration resources may also be called semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) resources.
  • SPS semi-persistent Scheduling
  • MBS HARQ NR MBS supports hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest, HARQ).
  • Multicast may include any one or more of the following: Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) or broadcast in MBS; Multicast in MBMS or MBS; Multicast in MBMS or MBS; multicast; multicast in V2X; broadcast in V2X; multicast; broadcast; multicast; groupcast; broadcast.
  • MBMS Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
  • the multicast service may include/replace with any one or more of the following: broadcast service, multicast service, MBS service, MBS broadcast service, MBS multicast service, V2X multicast service, and V2X broadcast service.
  • the data corresponding to the multicast service may be called multicast data.
  • Unicast may include any one or more of the following: unicast in V2X; unicast.
  • unicast can be understood as unicast transmission.
  • the multicast mode may also include/replace with a multicast mode or a broadcast mode.
  • the multicast mode is taken as an example for description.
  • DRX is used to control the behavior of the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH, which can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment on the premise that the data can be effectively transmitted.
  • the terminal device can enter the sleep period at certain times. At this time, the terminal device is in a "sleep state", and the terminal device does not need to continuously monitor the PDCCH. ", wake up and enter the "active state”, that is, enter the active period. In this way, the terminal device can achieve the purpose of saving power.
  • On-duration After the terminal device is woken up, the terminal device waits to receive the PDCCH. If the terminal device successfully decodes the PDCCH during the On-duration period, the terminal device will remain in the awake state and prolong the wake-up time by controlling the timers (eg, Inactivity-timer, retransmission timer, RTT timer).
  • the timers eg, Inactivity-timer, retransmission timer, RTT timer.
  • Inactive time period (Opportunity for DRX): This period is the sleep time in DRX, that is, the time when the terminal device enters sleep and does not monitor the PDCCH in order to save power. The longer the time used for DRX sleep, the lower the power consumption of the terminal device, but correspondingly, the delay of service transmission will also increase.
  • DRX Cycle The repetition period of on-duration, that is, the start or restart time of the next DRX Cycle is the start or restart time of on-duration.
  • a DRX cycle consists of on-duration plus a possible subsequent activation extension period controlled by a timer and an inactive period (Opportunity for DRX).
  • the timers used to control the active state of the terminal device may include (the following explanations for each timer are described by the following examples): OnDuration Timer, InactivityTimer, RetransmissionTimer, that is, during the running period of the above timer, The end device is active.
  • RetransmissionTimer which is configured for each downlink HARQ process, can be understood as the maximum duration for the terminal device to receive the expected downlink retransmission data in the retransmission scenario;
  • HARQ-RTT-Timer which is also configured for each downlink HARQ process, can be understood as the shortest time that the terminal device needs to wait before receiving the expected downlink retransmission data.
  • DRX When DRX is configured for a terminal device, in the case of static configuration (configured assignment), the specific processing flow of the terminal device using DRX can be as follows:
  • the terminal device If the terminal device receives downlink data in the configured downlink allocation during the activation period, then the terminal device starts or restarts the HARQ-RTT-Timer after sending feedback to the network device;
  • the terminal device If the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out and there is data that has not been successfully decoded in the HARQ process, the terminal device starts or restarts the RetransmissionTimer after the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out to receive retransmission data.
  • DRX When DRX is configured for a terminal device, in the case of dynamic scheduling, the specific processing flow of the terminal device using DRX can be as follows:
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH during the activation period. If the PDCCH indicates that there is downlink transmission, the terminal device can start or restart the HARQ-RTT-Timer after sending feedback to the network device;
  • the terminal device If the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out and there is data that has not been successfully decoded in the HARQ process, the terminal device starts or restarts the RetransmissionTimer after the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out to receive retransmission data.
  • the terminal device monitors the PDCCH during the activation period. If the PDCCH indicates that there is a new transmission (uplink new transmission or downlink new transmission), the terminal device starts or restarts the InactivityTimer after receiving the PDCCH.
  • the activation time period of DRX may include the running time of on duration timer, inactivity timer and RetransmissionTimer.
  • the HARQ-RTT-Timer may be referred to as the RTT timer
  • the RetransmissionTimer may be referred to as the retransmission timer
  • the running time of the retransmission timer may be referred to as the retransmission activation period, which will be uniformly described here.
  • V2X is the key technology of intelligent transportation system and is considered to be one of the fields with the most industrial potential and the clearest market demand in the IoT system.
  • the Internet of Vehicles refers to providing vehicle information through sensors and in-vehicle terminal equipment mounted on the vehicle to realize vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-network (vehicle to network) Network, V2N) and vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication network.
  • V2V vehicle-to-vehicle
  • V2I vehicle-to-infrastructure
  • V2N vehicle-to-network
  • V2P vehicle-to-pedestrian
  • a communication link for direct communication between a terminal and other terminals may be called a sidelink (sidelink, SL) or a side link.
  • NACK only The communication device does not send feedback if it receives data successfully, and reports NACK if it fails to receive data.
  • ACK/NACK The communication device sends ACK when receiving data successfully, and returns NACK when receiving data fails.
  • the network device configures a PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-Config) for each bandwidth part BWP.
  • PUCCH-Config a PUCCH configuration for each bandwidth part BWP.
  • the PUCCH resource (PUCCH resource) is determined by the following parameters combined with the RRC field:
  • PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in DCI which indicates the slot interval between PUCCH feedback resources and PDSCH.
  • the PUCCH resource indicator field in the DCI indicates the time domain and frequency domain location of the PUCCH resource. For example, which symbol/symbols in a slot are transmitted.
  • the terminal device determines the PUCCH resource through the following parameters:
  • the PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the DCI combined with the n1PUCCH-AN parameter in the RRC signaling, indicates the PUCCH resource ID (PUCCH-ResourceId), which refers to the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the terminal device. Numbering.
  • the PUCCH may be routed to the PUSCH.
  • PUCCH For PUCCH, if PUCCHs with different priorities collide in the time domain, PUCCHs with lower priorities are dropped.
  • the PUCCH resource used by the terminal device for sending MBS HARQ feedback and the PUCCH resource used for sending unicast HARQ feedback, or conflict with the unicast PUSCH resource in the time domain, and the low-priority resource is dropped.
  • a terminal device can receive data while sending data, that is, the same terminal device can both send HARQ feedback for the received first data and receive HARQ feedback for the second data from other terminal devices.
  • the PSFCH resource used by the terminal device for sending HARQ feedback and the PSFCH resource used for receiving HARQ feedback collide, the resource with low priority is dropped.
  • the PSFCH is a resource on the SL for transmitting HARQ feedback.
  • Difference point 1 For the case of ACK/NACK, the feedback resources of different terminal devices may not be aligned in the time domain.
  • the terminal device uses the MBS-specific PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-Config)
  • the PUCCH resources of different terminal devices may be misaligned within the slot in the time domain.
  • the terminal device uses the unicast PUCCH-Config
  • the PUCCH resources of different terminal devices may not be aligned between slots in the time domain.
  • the PUCCH positions of different terminal devices are different in the time domain, and the time for sending feedback is also different. Therefore, the time for different terminal devices to start or restart the RTT timer is different, which leads to the time for the terminal device to start the retransmission timer. different.
  • the PUCCH resources of a terminal device in the multicast group may be multiplexed with other PUCCH resources of the terminal device, or associated with the PUSCH resources of the terminal device.
  • other terminal devices in the group do not know that the associated channel or multiplexing has occurred.
  • the time when the terminal device sends feedback is different from the time when other terminal devices send feedback, so the time for starting or restarting the RTT timer is different, which in turn causes the time when the terminal device and other terminal devices start the retransmission timer to be different.
  • Difference 3 The receiving status of different terminal devices is different. For the same data, some terminal devices send ACK after receiving, and some terminal devices send NACK after receiving, resulting in different situations in which different terminal devices start or restart the retransmission timer.
  • Difference point 4 The transmission used to transmit the HARQ feedback may be dropped. After the HARQ feedback is dropped, the terminal equipment will not start or restart the RTT timer. Therefore, if the HARQ feedback of some terminal equipment is dropped, and the HARQ feedback of some terminal equipment is transmitted normally, it will cause different terminal equipment to start or restart the RTT timing. The situation of the retransmission timer is different, which in turn leads to different situations in which the retransmission timer is started or restarted.
  • each group of multicast services corresponds to a set of DRX configurations.
  • the unicast DRX mechanism is applied to the DRX mechanism corresponding to the multicast, the activation time periods of different terminal devices will not be aligned.
  • the network device cannot pass a PTM transmission during the running period of the retransmission timers of all the terminal devices in the group, so that all the terminal devices in the group can receive the sent data packets. Therefore, in order for all terminals to receive the data transmitted by the network device, the network device has two possible operations:
  • Possible operation 1 The network device sends new or retransmitted data packets through PTM transmission during the common intersection of the activation time periods of all terminal devices in the MBS group.
  • the network device In this DRX cycle, there is no common intersection during the retransmission timers of the terminal devices in the group.
  • the network device In order to implement PTM transmission, the network device needs to send the data packets that should be sent during the retransmission timer of this DRX cycle to the next A DRX cycle is sent to the terminal device during the common intersection of the activation time periods of the terminal devices in the group (that is, during the operation of the on duration timer and the inactivity timer).
  • the network device selects the retransmission activation segment that is not in this DRX cycle, but in the next DRX cycle. Therefore, the start of the retransmission timer in this DRX cycle is meaningless, and the terminal device performs meaningless monitoring during the retransmission activation time period; it will lead to power consumption and increase the data transmission delay. .
  • Possible operation 2 The network device performs multiple PTM transmissions for the same data packet during the running period of the retransmission timer of the terminal devices in the group, so that all terminal devices can receive the same data packet at least once in their respective activation time periods PTM transmission.
  • the network device Because there is no common intersection, in order for all terminal devices in the group to receive data packets during the running time of the retransmission timer, the network device needs to perform execution during multiple intersection periods according to the different intersections of the running times of the retransmission timers of terminal devices in the group. Multiple PTM transfers. This possible operation requires the network device to transmit data packets multiple times, wasting communication resources.
  • the network device can determine the start time of the RTT timer and the start time of the retransmission timer according to the time when the terminal devices in the group send the feedback signal, and then determine the running time of the retransmission timers of all the terminal devices in the group.
  • a common intersection is performed, and during the common intersection, PTM transmission is performed so that all terminal devices in the group can receive the transmitted data packets.
  • the common intersection is determined according to the retransmission timer running time of all terminal devices in the group. For each terminal device, it is impossible to receive data packets at different retransmission times outside the common intersection, so the terminal device executes monitoring is meaningless.
  • the retransmission time of terminal device 1 in the group is from 1:00 to 3:00
  • the retransmission time of terminal device 2 is from 1:30 to 3:30
  • the retransmission time of terminal device 3 is from 2:00 to 4:00.
  • the common intersection of the retransmission times of all terminal devices in the group is 2:00 to 3:00, so for terminal device 1, the retransmission time from 1:00 to 2:00 is meaningless monitoring, and the same is true for other terminal devices.
  • a PTM transmission can be used to enable all terminals during the retransmission activation time period.
  • the device can receive the sent data packet, and for the terminal device, the data packet may be received at the full time of the retransmission active period, and there will be no meaningless monitoring.
  • the retransmission activation time period/activation time of all terminal devices in an MBS group in a DRX cycle is not aligned, the possible manner in which the network device transmits data may lead to the adverse effects described above.
  • the terminal device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback
  • the terminal device will not start the RTT timer without transmitting HARQ feedback, and will not start or The monitoring of the retransmission timer is restarted, so the terminal device that determines not to transmit HARQ feedback cannot start the retransmission timer and then receive newly transmitted or retransmitted data packets during the running of the retransmission timer. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a solution that enables the terminal device to receive subsequent data packets that should be transmitted during the running of the retransmission timer when the terminal device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback.
  • the present application proposes a discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system to solve the problem of how to align the activation time periods of different terminal devices.
  • At least one item(s) below or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s).
  • at least one (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple .
  • words such as "first” and "second” are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect.
  • words such as “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words “first” and “second” are not necessarily different.
  • words such as “exemplary” or “for example” are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiments or designs described in the embodiments of the present application as “exemplary” or “such as” should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as “exemplary” or “such as” is intended to present the related concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
  • the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
  • the discontinuous reception control method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to various communication systems.
  • the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or a fifth-generation (fifth-generation, 5G) system, or other future-oriented similar new systems. This is not specifically limited in the application examples.
  • LTE long term evolution
  • 5G fifth-generation
  • system can be used interchangeably with "network”.
  • an NG-RAN node may be an NR Node B (NR Node B, gNB), which is used to provide NR user plane and control plane protocol terminals to terminal equipment.
  • gNB NR Node B
  • ng-eNB next generation eNodeB
  • E-UTRA evolved-universal terrestrial radio access
  • the gNB and the ng-eNB are connected through the Xn interface, and the Xn interface is the network interface between the NG-RAN nodes.
  • the gNB or ng-eNB is connected to the 5GC through the NG interface, which is the interface between the NG-RAN node and the 5GC.
  • the gNB or ng-eNB is connected to the access and mobility management function (AMF) through the NG-C interface, and is connected to the user plane function (UPF) through the NG-U interface.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • UPF user plane function
  • a communication system 30 is provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication system 30 includes a first communication device 40 and a second communication device 50 .
  • FIG. 3 is only an exemplary schematic diagram showing the architecture of the communication system 30 to which the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiments of the present application is applied, and it is not limited that the communication system 30 only includes a first communication device 40 or a first communication device 40.
  • Two communication devices 50 .
  • the communication system 30 may include a plurality of first communication apparatuses 40 and/or a plurality of second communication apparatuses 30, which are not limited in this application, and are described in a unified manner here, and will not be repeated below.
  • FIG. 3 is only a schematic diagram, although not shown, the communication system 30 may also include other network devices, for example, the communication system 30 may also include core network devices, wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices One or more of them are not specifically limited here.
  • the network device may be connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner.
  • the core network device and the network device 40 may be independent and different physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the network device 40 may be integrated on the same physical device, or part of a physical device may be integrated.
  • the functions of the core network device and the functions of part of the network device 40 are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first communication device 40 receives the first control information from the second communication device 50, The first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device 40 receives the first data from the second communication device 50, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device 40 receives first control information and first data from the second communication device 50, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, the first One piece of data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the first communication device 40 starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device 40 The duration of receiving the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus 40 receives the retransmitted data.
  • the first communication device that receives data can start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Compared with the existing DRX mechanism, it can align the The start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer, thereby aligning the activation times of different communication devices.
  • the first communication device 40 receives the first control information from the second communication device 50, and the first control information uses For scheduling the first data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device 40 receives the first data from the second communication device 50, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted by multicast; or, the first communication device 40 receives first control information and first data from the second communication device 50, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or Data transmitted in a multicast mode; the first communication device 40 controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication device 40 to receive the retransmitted data.
  • the first communication device 40 can control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, it can be understood that in the group where the first communication device is located, all communication devices also control the first timing according to the first time By adjusting the duration of the first timer, the end time of the first timer is aligned by controlling the duration of the first timer, thereby aligning the activation end time of different communication devices.
  • the first communication device 40 is configured to receive the first control information from the second communication device 50, and the first control The information is used to schedule the first data; and/or the first communication device 40 is used to receive the first data from the second communication device 50 .
  • the first communication device 40 is further configured to determine not to transmit the first HARQ feedback, where the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
  • the first communication device 40 is further configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device 40 to receive the retransmission data of the first data;
  • the second timer is used to indicate the time period before the first communication apparatus 40 receives the retransmitted data of the first data.
  • the second communication device in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device, and the network device is a device that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network, and may be a base station, a fourth-generation mobile communication technology ( Evolved NodeB (eNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP) in 4th generation, 4G) system, next generation NodeB (gNB) in 5G mobile communication system, future mobile communication system
  • a base station in a wireless fidelity (wireless-fidelity, Wi-Fi) system, or an access node in a wireless-fidelity (Wi-Fi) system also includes a transmission node, a transceiver node, a relay device, or a small station or micro station with base station functions; it can also be A module or unit that completes part of the functions of the base station
  • the first communication device or the second communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, and the terminal device may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote station, Terminal, mobile device, user terminal (user terminal), user equipment (User Equipment, UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication device, user agent, user equipment, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices , laptop computer, wearable device, machine type communication terminal, terminal device in the future 5G network or terminal device in the future evolved PLMN or terminal device in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc.
  • This embodiment of the present application does not limit this. .
  • the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 5 .
  • a discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes the following steps S601-S602:
  • the first communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device receives the first data, The first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device receives first control information and first data, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted by multicast.
  • the second communication device sends first control information, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the second communication device sends the first data , the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the second communication device sends first control information and first data, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted by multicast.
  • step S601 First, to facilitate understanding, some concepts in step S601 are described.
  • the first control information may include/understand any one or several of the following:
  • the first control information may be DCI.
  • the first DCI is used to schedule first data, where the first data is downlink data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device.
  • the first control information may be SCI.
  • the first SCI is used to schedule first data
  • the first data is SL data
  • the first data is multicast data.
  • the first communication apparatus and the second communication apparatus may be terminal equipment.
  • first control information can also be replaced by the second information or the first DCI, etc., which is not limited in this application, and the first control information may change with the evolution of the communication system, and this application does not limit its certain for DCI or SCI.
  • the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first control information is the first DCI, the first DCI is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first DCI is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner or the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner may include/understand any one or any of the following:
  • the first control information is transmitted on a first resource, where the first resource is a resource associated with unicast.
  • the first resource is a resource associated with unicast: the first resource is in a BWP corresponding to unicast.
  • the first resource may be a PDCCH resource.
  • the first control information is scrambled by the first RNTI.
  • the first RNTI may be used for any one or more of the following: for unicast, for scheduling dynamic resources, for retransmission resources of dynamic resources, for activating configuration resources, for reactivating configuration resources, for Deactivation of configuration resources, retransmission resources used for scheduling configuration resources, used for scrambling (eg, for scrambling PDCCH or PDSCH).
  • the first RNTI may be a C-RNTI, a configured scheduling RNTI (configured scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI).
  • the first control information may be understood as DCI.
  • DCI may be replaced by PDCCH.
  • PDCCH can be replaced by DCI.
  • the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner may be: PDCCH/DCI scrambled by C-RNTI, or DCI transmitted on PDCCH scrambled by C-RNTI.
  • the first communication device receives the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner indicates that the first control information is directed to the first communication device, that is, the first control information is specifically sent to the of the first communication device.
  • the first control information transmitted in a multicast manner or the first control information transmitted in a multicast manner may include/understand any one or any of the following:
  • the first control information is transmitted on a third resource, where the third resource is a resource associated with multicast.
  • the first resource is a resource associated with the multicast: the third resource is in the public frequency resource corresponding to the multicast.
  • the third resource may be a PDCCH resource.
  • the first control information is scrambled by the second RNTI.
  • the first control information transmitted in a multicast manner may be: PDCCH/DCI scrambled by G-RNTI, or DCI transmitted on PDCCH scrambled by G-RNTI.
  • the first communication device receives the first control information transmitted by multicast means that the first control information is directed to multiple communication devices, that is, the first control information is sent to the multicast corresponding to multiple communication devices.
  • the fact that the first data is data transmitted in a multicast manner may include/replace/understand that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first data is data transmitted in a multicast manner, which may include/understand any one or any of the following:
  • the first data is transmitted on the second resource, where the second resource is a resource associated with multicast.
  • the second resource is a resource associated with the multicast: the second resource is in a common frequency resource corresponding to the multicast, or the second resource is an SPS resource corresponding to the multicast.
  • the SPS resource corresponding to the multicast may be understood as the public SPS resource (eg, PDSCH resource) corresponding to the multicast. It can be understood that, for the communication device that receives the multicast, data can be received on the SPS resource corresponding to the multicast.
  • the public SPS resource eg, PDSCH resource
  • the first communication device may use a broadcast message (for example, system information, a Multicast Control Channel (MCCH) message), a Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message (for example, a dedicated RRC message) ), medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) message (for example, MAC control message (Control Element, CE)), physical layer message (for example, DCI), any one or more of pre-configuration to obtain SPS resources configuration or obtain the corresponding relationship between the configuration of SPS resources/SPS resources and multicast.
  • MCCH Multicast Control Channel
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • RRC Radio Resource Control
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • CE MAC control message
  • DCI physical layer message
  • the communication device may need to be activated (eg, activated through a physical layer message/DCI) to receive data using the resource; it may also directly use the resource to receive data (ie, no activation is required).
  • activated eg, activated through a physical layer message/DCI
  • DCI physical layer message/DCI
  • the public frequency resource corresponding to the multicast can be understood as: the BWP corresponding to the multicast, or the frequency range corresponding to the multicast.
  • the second resource may be a PDSCH resource.
  • the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
  • the second RNTI can be used for any one or more of the following: for multicast, for scheduling dynamic resources, for retransmission resources of dynamic resources, for activating configuration resources, for reactivating configuration resources, for Deactivation of configuration resources, retransmission resources used for scheduling configuration resources, used for scrambling (eg, for scrambling PDCCH or PDSCH).
  • the second RNTI may be a G-RNTI.
  • the first data may be multicast data.
  • the first data may be newly transmitted data and/or retransmitted data.
  • transmitting the first data in a multicast manner may be: PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, or data transmitted on PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI: or, data scrambled by G-RNTI.
  • the first data is data transmitted in a multicast manner
  • the first data may not be directed only to the first communication device, that is, the first data may not be specifically sent to the first communication device.
  • multiple communication apparatuses may receive the first data transmitted in a multicast manner, wherein the multiple communication apparatuses may be communication apparatuses interested in the first data, or may belong to the same multicast as the first communication apparatus Group/multicast communication device.
  • the first communication apparatus receives the first data transmitted in the multicast manner, it can be seen that the first data sent by the second communication apparatus to the multiple communication apparatuses are the same.
  • the first data received by the plurality of communication devices are the same.
  • the first data being multicast data may include/understand any one or any of the following:
  • the first data is transmitted on the second resource, where the second resource is a resource associated with multicast.
  • the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
  • the first data may be data transmitted in a C+G transmission manner, or may be data transmitted in a G+G transmission manner.
  • the first control information indicates that the first data is multicast data, or the first control information indicates that the transmission corresponding to the first control information is multicast (transmission).
  • the first SCI indicates that the first data is multicast data, or the first SCI indicates that the transmission corresponding to the first SCI is multicast (transmission).
  • the first data when the first data is downlink data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first data is SL data
  • the first data is multicast data.
  • the first control information used to schedule the first data transmitted in a multicast manner may include/understand any one or more of the following:
  • the first control information indicates that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first control information indicating that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner includes any one or more of the following: the format of the first control information/scramble information of the first control information/indication information in the first control information (for example, a certain field) indicates that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first communication device receives the first control information, and determines the first data according to the format of the first control information/scrambled information of the first control information/indication information (for example, one or more fields) in the first control information transmitted by multicast.
  • the first control information indicates that the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
  • the first control information indicating that the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI includes any one or more of the following: the format of the first control information/indication information (for example, one or more fields) in the first control information indicates that the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI. A data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
  • the first control information indicates that the first data is scrambled by G-RNTI1.
  • the first control information indicates that the first data is data corresponding to multicast (service) 1 .
  • the first control information indicates that the first data is multicast (service) 1.
  • the data corresponding to 1 includes any one or more of the following: the format of the first control information/indication information in the first control information (for example, one or more field) indicates that the first data is data corresponding to multicast (service) 1.
  • the first communication apparatus acquires the correspondence between the multicast (service) 1 and the G-RNTI1, and knows that the G-RNTI1 is used to receive the first data.
  • the first control information is used to schedule the first data.
  • the first control information indicates a resource location where the first data is located and/or information required for decoding the first data. For example, time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), HARQ process ID (HARQ process ID), new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), SL process ID, etc.
  • modulation and coding scheme modulation and coding scheme, MCS
  • HARQ process ID HARQ process ID
  • new data indicator new data indicator
  • NDI new data indicator
  • SL process ID etc.
  • the first control information indicates downlink transmission.
  • the downlink transmission can be understood as the first data, for example, the downlink transmission is PDSCH, and the first control information is PDCCH/DCI scrambled by G-RNTI.
  • multiple communication apparatuses may receive different PDCCH/DCI (for example, the PDCCH/DCI received by different communication apparatuses are scrambled by the C-RNTI corresponding to each communication apparatus), and the different PDCCH/DCI scheduling is the same.
  • PDSCH/Data may be received by different communication apparatuses.
  • the first communication apparatus receives the DCI/PDCCH scrambled with the C-RNTI, and the DCI/PDCCH schedules the PDSCH/data scrambled with the G-RNTI.
  • the first communication apparatus receives the G-RNTI scrambled DCI/PDCCH, and the DCI/PDCCH schedules the G-RNTI scrambled PDSCH/data.
  • the first communication apparatus receives the G-RNTI scrambled PDSCH/data.
  • the first data is associated with any one or more of multicast, first multicast, first service, and second RNTI.
  • the first service may include any one or more of the following: a multicast service and a first multicast service.
  • Any one or more of the multicast, the first multicast, and the first service are associated with the second RNTI.
  • the DRX associated with the multicast may be understood/replaced with any one or more of the following: the DRX associated with the first multicast, the DRX associated with the first service, and the DRX associated with the second RNTI.
  • the DRX associated with the multicast/the DRX associated with the first multicast may be the DRX associated with the first source ID+the first destination ID.
  • the DRX associated with the multicast/the DRX associated with the first multicast may be the DRX associated with the first source ID+the first destination ID+communication type.
  • the first source ID and the first destination ID are associated with the multicast or the first multicast.
  • Communication types include any one or more of unicast, multicast, and broadcast.
  • the communication type is multicast.
  • the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may include/replace/understand as any one or more of the following: multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI
  • the communication device in, the communication device in the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI receives the communication of the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI A device, a communication device interested in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, receives any one or more of the multicast, the first multicast, the first service, and the second RNTI
  • a communication device for corresponding data a communication device interested in data corresponding to any one or more of multicast, first multicast, first service, and second RNTI, and a communication device for multicast, first multicast, first A communication device interested in any one or more of a service and a second RNTI, belonging to/located in
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer (or the duration of the first timer) is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data duration; the second timer (or the duration of the second timer) is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
  • step S602 First, to facilitate understanding, some concepts in step S602 are described.
  • the length of time before instructing the first communication device to receive retransmitted data may include/understand as any one or more of the following: for instructing the first communication device to receive/receive retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data)
  • the duration (eg, the minimum duration) before the data) which is used to indicate the duration (eg, the minimum duration) before the first communication device expects to receive/receive the retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data), which is used to indicate The duration (eg, the minimum duration) to wait before the first communication device receives/receives retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data), used to indicate that the first communication device expects to receive/receive retransmitted data (eg, , DL data or SL data) to wait (eg, minimum time).
  • the first data is associated with the first HARQ process.
  • the first timer is associated with the second HARQ process.
  • the second timer is associated with the third HARQ process.
  • first HARQ process and the second HARQ process can be understood as the same HARQ process or two associated HARQ processes.
  • first HARQ process and the third HARQ process can be understood as the same HARQ process or two associated HARQ processes.
  • the second HARQ process and the third HARQ process can be understood as the same HARQ process or two associated HARQ processes.
  • the duration for instructing the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data may include/understand as: the duration (eg, the maximum duration for instructing the first communication device to receive/receive the retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data)) duration).
  • the first timer is a timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
  • the first timer may be understood as a retransmission timer, or a retransmission timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
  • the second timer is a timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
  • the second timer may be understood as an RTT timer, or an RTT timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time.
  • the first time is an agreement of the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI time.
  • the communication device (for example, some or all of the communication devices) that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI will start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Therefore, , the start or restart times of the first timer or the second timer of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are aligned.
  • the duration of the first timer or the second timer is fixed, the end times of the first timer or the second timer of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are also aligned. , so that the activation times of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be aligned.
  • the method takes into account the possible multiplexing and path-association problems, so that the activation times of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be aligned.
  • the first communication device cannot receive the data (for example, retransmitted data or newly transmitted data) sent by the second communication device because the first communication device is in a sleep state, and the reliability of data reception is improved.
  • meaningless monitoring by the first communication device is avoided, which is beneficial to the energy saving of the first communication device. Reduced communication delay.
  • step S602 in order to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, the first communication device needs to determine the first time.
  • the solution for determining the first time by the first communication device is introduced below by taking solutions one to four as examples.
  • the first time may include: the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource; or, the first time includes the time domain of the first feedback resource.
  • the xth time domain resource after or before the domain position or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or After the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource.
  • x is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • y is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  • the first feedback resource may be a resource for the first communication apparatus to send feedback for the first data to the second communication apparatus.
  • the first feedback resource may be feedback resources corresponding to other communication apparatuses.
  • the other communication device is not the first communication device.
  • the other communication may be a communication device that receives data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device
  • the second communication device is a network device
  • the first feedback resource may be a PUCCH resource
  • the first communication device is a terminal device
  • the second communication device is a terminal device
  • the first feedback resource may be a PSFCH resource
  • the first transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device
  • the second communication device is a network device
  • the first transmission resource may be a PDCCH resource or a PDSCH resource, and this implementation may be applied to an MBS scenario.
  • the first communication device is a terminal device
  • the second communication device is a terminal device
  • the first transmission resource may be a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) or a physical sidelink Control channel (Physical sidelink control channel, PSCCH) resource
  • PSSCH physical sidelink shared channel
  • PSCCH Physical sidelink Control channel
  • the first communication device needs to obtain the time domain position of the first feedback resource to determine the first time, which will be described in detail below.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource can be understood/replaced as: the first feedback resource.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace with: a start position (for example, a start time/moment) or an end position (for example, an end time/moment) of the first feedback resource in the time domain or an intermediate location (eg, an intermediate time/moment).
  • the temporal location of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace: the start time (eg, start time) or end time (eg, end time) or intermediate time (eg, middle time) of the first feedback resource.
  • the first feedback resource corresponds to a period of time in the time domain.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include any time point or any time period (for example, any smaller time period) in the time period corresponding to the first feedback resource.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource may refer to a start position or an end position.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace with: any superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, or any other time domain unit where the first feedback resource is located.
  • the start position eg, start time/moment
  • end position eg, end time/moment
  • middle position eg, middle time/moment
  • the start time for example, start time
  • end time for example, the end time
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include: superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, and time domain position of the first feedback resource with granular
  • a frame includes 10 time slots (not fully shown in FIG. 8 ), and one time slot includes 14 symbols as an example for description.
  • the first feedback resource is located in symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n of frame a, and the time domain location of the first feedback resource may include: frame a, or, time slot n, or, time slot n of frame a, or, symbol 2 , or, symbol 3, or, symbol 4, or, symbol 4 of slot n, or, symbol 4 of slot n of frame a, or, symbols 2 to 4, or, symbols 2 to 3, etc.
  • the time domain position before the first feedback resource may be understood as the time domain position before the time domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the time domain position of the first feedback resource can be understood as the time domain position after the time domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the time domain positions of the first feedback resource are symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n
  • the first feedback resource may include symbol 1 of time slot n or time slot n-1 before the first feedback resource
  • the symbol 5 or time slot n-1 may be included after the first feedback resource.
  • Slot n+1 This embodiment of the present application does not limit the time-domain unit granularity of the first time when the first time includes before or after the time-domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource can be understood/replaced as: the first transmission resource.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include/understand/replace with: a start position (for example, a start time/moment) or an end position (for example, an end time/moment) of the first transmission resource in the time domain or an intermediate location (eg, an intermediate time/moment).
  • the time domain location of the first transmission resource may include/understand/replace: the start time (eg, start time) or end time (eg, end time) or intermediate time (eg, middle time) of the first transmission resource.
  • the first transmission resource corresponds to a period of time in the time domain.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include any time point or any time period (for example, any smaller time period) in the time period corresponding to the first transmission resource.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource may refer to a start position or an end position.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include/understand/replace with: any superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, or any other time domain unit where the first transmission resource is located.
  • the start position for example, the start time/moment
  • the end position for example, the end time/moment
  • the middle position for example, the middle time/moment of the first transmission resource in the time domain
  • the start time eg, start time
  • end time for example, the end time
  • the middle time/moment for example, the middle time/moment of the first transmission resource in the time domain
  • the start time eg, start time
  • end time for example, the end time
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include: superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, and time domain position of the first transmission
  • a frame includes 10 time slots and one time slot includes 14 symbols as an example for description.
  • the first transmission resource is located in symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n of frame a, and the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include: frame a, or, time slot n, or, time slot n of frame a, or, symbol 2 , or, symbol 3, or, symbol 4, or, symbol 4 of slot n, or, symbol 4 of slot n of frame a, or, symbols 2 to 4, or, symbols 2 to 3, etc.
  • the time domain position before the first transmission resource may be understood as the time domain position before the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource can be understood as the time domain position after the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
  • the time domain position of the first transmission resource is symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n
  • the first transmission resource may include symbol 1 of time slot n or time slot n-1 before the first transmission resource
  • the symbol 5 or time slot n-1 may be included after the first transmission resource.
  • Slot n+1 This embodiment of the present application does not limit the time domain unit granularity of the first time when the first time includes before or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
  • time domain resource can be understood/replaced as: time domain unit.
  • the time-domain resources may be time-domain resources/time-domain units with granularity of superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, and others.
  • the time-domain unit may be a time-domain unit with granularity of superframe, frame, subframe, slot, subslot, symbol, and others.
  • the first time may be the time domain position of the first feedback resource/the xth slot/symbol after the first feedback resource.
  • the first time may be the time domain position of the first transmission resource/the yth slot/symbol after the first feedback resource.
  • the first communication device may determine the first time according to the following steps:
  • the first communication device acquires instruction information.
  • the first communication device determines the first time according to the above-mentioned indication information.
  • the above indication information includes any one or more of the following: information on the first feedback resource set, information on the first identifier, information on the first feedback resource, and information on the first transmission resource.
  • the first feedback resource set includes any one or more of the following: feedback resources corresponding to the first data, feedback resources corresponding to the communication device receiving the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, and feedback resources corresponding to the first communication device. feedback resources.
  • the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may include one or more communication devices.
  • the feedback resource corresponding to a communication device receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may be understood/replaced as: feedback resource corresponding to a certain communication device receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
  • a certain communication device may be the first communication device, or may be another communication device.
  • the indication information may be sent by the second communication apparatus/network device to the first communication apparatus, or may be determined by a protocol or pre-configured, which is not limited in this application.
  • the indication information may be carried in the first control information, or the RRC message, or the configuration corresponding to the first service, which is not limited in this application.
  • the indication information includes multiple pieces of information, different information can be obtained in different ways, and the present application does not limit the information included in the indication information to be obtained in the same way.
  • the information included in the indication information sent by the second communication apparatus may be an explicit indication or an implicit indication.
  • the display indication may be the information indicating the first feedback resource directly
  • the implicit indication may be the information indicating the first feedback resource set and the information of the first identifier.
  • the first communication device The information of the first feedback resource is determined according to the information of the first feedback resource set and the information of the first identifier.
  • the above indication information also Include: Information about x.
  • the above-mentioned indication information also Include: y information.
  • the first identifier includes: an identifier of a communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or, an identifier of the first feedback resource, or, the number of communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, or, group size.
  • the identification of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace: the identification/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
  • the identifier of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace with: the identifier/number of the first feedback resource in the first feedback resource set.
  • the first identifier includes: the identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI
  • the first identifier includes: the first The identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the feedback resource in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data, or, the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource is in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data.
  • the identifier/number of the communication device in the group corresponding to the multicast service), or, the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource is in the communication device that receives the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI
  • the identifier/number of the first feedback resource, or the identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, or, the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource is in the The identifier/number of the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, or the identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the group corresponding to the second RNTI.
  • the number can be understood/replaced as: member ID (member ID), or, order, or, serial number.
  • the information of the first feedback resource or the information of the first transmission resource may directly indicate the time-frequency resource of the first feedback resource or the first transmission resource, or may indicate implicitly, which is not limited in this application.
  • the information of the first transmission resource includes configuration parameters of the first transmission resource.
  • the first identifier includes the identifier of the communication apparatus corresponding to the first feedback resource.
  • different communication apparatuses may correspond to different identifiers, and different communication apparatuses may correspond to different identifiers. It may correspond to different feedback resources (eg, each communication device corresponds to one feedback resource).
  • the first communication apparatus may determine, according to the first identifier, a feedback resource corresponding to the first identifier, where the feedback resource is the first feedback resource.
  • the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource.
  • the first communication apparatus may determine, according to the first identifier, a feedback resource corresponding to the first identifier, where the feedback resource is the first feedback resource.
  • the present application does not limit whether different feedback resources or feedback resources of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are frequency-divided or not. Frequency division, or code division, or both time division and code division, or various other possible distribution methods.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to the different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI are the same, or, the different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI correspond to The time domain locations of the feedback resources are different.
  • the first communication device may determine the first feedback resource according to the information of the first identification and the information of the set of the first feedback resource. It can be understood that the first communication device may determine the first feedback resource based on a certain rule and/or algorithm in combination with the information of the first identifier and the information of the set of the first feedback resource.
  • the specific rules and/or algorithms are not limited by this application.
  • the first communication apparatus may determine the first feedback resource based on the frequency domain from high to low or from low to high in combination with the information of the first identifier.
  • the first communication apparatus may determine the first feedback resource based on the time domain from front to back or from back to front in combination with the information of the first identifier.
  • different feedback resources are frequency-division, exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 9 , different feedback resources are frequency-division, and the feedback resource number in the first feedback resource set may be numbered from 1 according to the frequency domain position of the feedback resource , the first identifier may be 2, and the first communication apparatus may find the corresponding first feedback resource according to 2 in the indication information and the first feedback resource set.
  • the second communication apparatus decides to retransmit data will affect the first communication apparatus to start or restart the first timer or the position of the first timer.
  • the second communication device decides to retransmit:
  • Possibility 1 After the second communication device determines all the feedback/reception states of the first data communication device, it decides to retransmit.
  • the second communication device decides to perform retransmission after determining that the number of communication devices that fail to receive the first data reaches a certain ratio or number.
  • the second communication device may determine whether to perform retransmission after determining all the feedback/reception states of the first data communication device, and/or determine whether to use the C+C transmission mode, C+G transmission mode, G Which one or more of the +G transmission methods to retransmit.
  • the second communication device may determine whether to perform retransmission after determining that the number of communication devices that fail to receive the first data reaches a certain proportion or number, and/or determine whether to use the C+C transmission method. , which one or more of the C+G transmission mode and the G+G transmission mode to perform retransmission.
  • the second communication device needs to obtain the feedback of the first communication device and decide according to the time when the first communication device sends the feedback (for example, according to the time domain position of the feedback resource used by the first communication device to send the feedback) Retransmission. Therefore, the time at which the second communication apparatus decides to retransmit may be related to the time domain position of the feedback resource.
  • the first feedback resource includes feedback resources whose time domain position order is N/first identifier among the feedback resources associated with the first data, or the first feedback resource includes the last feedback in the time domain among the feedback resources associated with the first data resource.
  • the N/first identifier may be the number of communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, the group size, and the number of communication apparatuses in the group.
  • the group size or the number of communication devices in the group may be any one or more of the following: the number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data, the number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the second RNTI The number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, and the number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
  • N/first identifier is less than or equal to the number of feedback resources associated with the first data.
  • the first feedback resource is the last feedback resource in the time domain position among all the feedback resources associated with the first data.
  • the first communication apparatus determines the first feedback resource according to the first identifier and the first feedback resource set, and another determination method is described below.
  • the first feedback resource may be associated with the first communication apparatus. In this manner, the first communication apparatus may use the feedback resource corresponding to itself as the first feedback resource.
  • the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same.
  • the determined first time is the same.
  • the present application further includes that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same or different.
  • the fact that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI are the same can be understood as: different communication apparatuses that receive the first data share the same feedback resource.
  • Different feedback resources corresponding to communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be understood as: different communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI have different feedback resources.
  • the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time includes after or before the second time, and the distance
  • the duration of the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
  • the first time may be after or before the second time
  • the duration from the second time is the zth slot/symbol after or before the time of the first time interval.
  • the first communication device needs to determine the first time according to the second time and the first time interval.
  • the first communication device may determine the first time according to the following steps:
  • the first communication device acquires instruction information.
  • the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes any one or more of the following: information of the second time, information of the first time interval.
  • the granularity of the first time interval may include superframe, frame, subframe, slot, subslot, symbol, or other time domain unit granularity.
  • the above indication information further includes: z information.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or the second time includes the first feedback resource.
  • the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of a feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  • the information of the second time may include one or more of the following: information of the first feedback resource set, information of the first identifier, information of the first feedback resource, and information of x.
  • information of the first feedback resource set information of the first identifier
  • information of the first feedback resource information of the first feedback resource
  • information of x information of the first feedback resource
  • the first communication device may determine the first feedback resource according to the information of the indicated second time, and how to confirm it can refer to the content in the above solution 1, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource, or the first time includes The y-th time-domain resource after or before the time-domain position of the first transmission resource or before the y-th time-domain resource or after the y-th time-domain resource.
  • the first transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
  • the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner, and the first transmission resources for transmitting the first data are shared or the same for the communication apparatuses that receive the first data. Therefore, the second time determined by different terminal devices receiving the first data is the same. Therefore, different communication devices can determine the same first time according to the same second time and first time interval.
  • Solution 3 The first communication device acquires indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time. The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes information of the first time, and the first communication apparatus may directly determine the first time according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes any one or more of the following information: system frame number SFN, subframe (or subframe number), time slot, subslot, and symbol.
  • determining the first time by the first communication device according to the indication information can be understood as: the first communication device determines the system frame number SFN, subframe (or subframe number), time slot, subslot where the first time is located according to the indication information , any one or more of the symbols.
  • the first time includes the Wth time domain resource before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the Wth time domain resource or after the Wth time domain resource.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  • the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication device.
  • the first communication apparatus may determine the first time according to the time domain position of the first feedback resource and the parameter W.
  • the first communication device may determine the first time according to the following steps:
  • the first communication device obtains the indication information
  • the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
  • the indication information includes information of the first feedback resource, and/or information of W.
  • W is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the indication information when the indication information displays the indication, it may directly indicate the time domain resource and W where the feedback resource corresponding to the first communication device is located, and when the indication information is implicitly indicated, if the first communication device is configured with MBS specific In the case of PUCCH-Config, it is equivalent to implicitly indicating that feedback resources configured by different communication apparatuses are within one time slot, and the first communication apparatus may determine the first time according to the time domain resources where the corresponding feedback resources are located.
  • the terminal device may, according to the instruction, choose not to determine the first time according to the fourth solution.
  • the time domain positions of feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same; or, feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI within the same time domain resource.
  • feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are located in the same time slot.
  • feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are located in the same time domain resource does not limit that the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices are completely aligned in the time domain. For example, feedback resources for different communication devices may be on different symbols within a time slot.
  • the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same, or are located in the same time domain resource, therefore, the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are received differently.
  • the time domain positions of the first feedback resources determined by the communication apparatus are the same.
  • different communication apparatuses that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may determine the same first time according to the time domain position and parameter W of the first feedback resource.
  • the feedback resources of different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are in the same time slot, the time slot is time slot 2, the indication information indicates that W is 1, and the first data/second RNTI is corresponding to receiving
  • the different communication devices of the data can determine that the first time is time slot 3 .
  • the present application further includes that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same or different.
  • the fact that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI are the same can be understood as: different communication apparatuses that receive the first data share the same feedback resource.
  • Different feedback resources corresponding to communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be understood as: different communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI have different feedback resources.
  • starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time by the first communication device includes:
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time; or,
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the mth time domain resource after the first time.
  • m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at a time offset after the first time, considering that the second communication device performs retransmission after receiving the feedback from the first communication device
  • the required processing time avoids meaningless monitoring by the first communication device.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer.
  • the first communication device when the first communication device successfully receives the first data and/or the first communication device fails to receive the first data, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer.
  • the first timer (retransmission timer) is not started until the RTT timer expires and the first communication device fails to receive data. Therefore, according to the unicast DRX mechanism, different communication devices in the multicast group may start or restart the first timer according to different data reception conditions, and some do not start or restart the first timer, which will lead to different communication devices. The activation times are not aligned.
  • the second timer times out the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer regardless of whether the first communication device succeeds in receiving the first data or fails. Therefore, based on this solution, after different communication devices start or restart the second timer according to the first time, regardless of how different communication devices receive data, the first timer is started or restarted, and the activation times of different communication devices can be aligned.
  • the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S601 to S602 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute;
  • the actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute.
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides another discontinuous reception control method.
  • the discontinuous reception control method includes the following steps S1101-S1102:
  • the first communication device receives first control information from the second communication device, where the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication The device receives first data from the second communication device, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device receives the first control information and the first data from the second communication device, The first control information is used to schedule first data, where the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first communication apparatus controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data.
  • Steps S1101-S1102 will be described below in two scenarios.
  • step S110 reference may be made to the above description of step S601, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the duration of the retransmission data of the first data.
  • the first timer is a retransmission timer, and the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time.
  • the terminal equipments of 1 share a set of DRX configuration, so the other communication devices in the multicast group will also control the duration of the first timer according to the first time.
  • the different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are The duration of the first timer is controlled according to the first time, thereby aligning the end times of the first timers of different communication devices, that is, aligning the end times of the retransmission activation period.
  • Step S1102 will be described in detail below.
  • the first communication device In order to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, the first communication device needs to determine the first time.
  • the first communication apparatus For the solution for determining the first time by the first communication apparatus, reference may be made to the above description of how the first communication apparatus determines the first time in step S602.
  • the first communication device controls the duration of the timer according to the first time, including:
  • the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the first time, and the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration;
  • the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, and the first communication device reduces the duration of the first timer by the first duration;
  • the second timer is used to indicate a time period before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data of the first data.
  • the first time can be understood as a reference time point. If the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the first time, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration . If the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, the first communication device reduces the duration of the first timer by the first duration. In other words, the first communication device can control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, that is, control the duration of the retransmission activation period. It can be understood that different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI is to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time.
  • the first duration is the duration between the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer and the first time.
  • the original duration of the first timer 1 and the first timer 2 is 8 units
  • the start or restart time of the first timer is 2 units earlier than the first time
  • the original end time should be 2 units away from the first timer.
  • the time is 6 units
  • the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer 1 by 2 units
  • the end time of the first timer 1 after the extension is 8 units away from the first time.
  • the start or restart time of the first timer 2 is 2 units later than the first time, and the original end time should be 10 units (2+8) away from the first time, and the first communication device reduces the duration of the first timer 2 by 2 After the reduction, the end time of the first timer 2 is 8 units away from the first time, so that the end times of the first timer 1 and the first timer 2 are aligned.
  • the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the time difference between the first time and the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer, so that the end time of the first timer is aligned.
  • the first communication device can control the duration of the first timer according to the first time. It can be understood that in the group where the first communication device belongs, all communication The device also controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time, so as to align the end time of the first timer by controlling the duration of the first timer, thereby aligning the activation end times of different communication devices.
  • the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes:
  • the first communication apparatus sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback.
  • the first communication apparatus starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer; wherein the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
  • the time when the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer is after the first communication device sends the first HARQ feedback, that is, the start or restart of the first timer or the second timer in the embodiment of the present application
  • the time can be determined according to the existing unicast DRX mechanism.
  • step 602 when the first timer is started or restarted, it is only meaningful that the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time. Therefore, optionally, when the second timer times out, the first timer is started or restarted. For details, refer to the above description of step 602 .
  • the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S1101 to S1102 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute;
  • the actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute.
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes: after the first communication device sends the first HARQ feedback or sends the first HARQ feedback; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer. timer.
  • the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
  • the time when the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer is after the first communication device sends the first HARQ feedback, that is, the first timer or the second timer in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the start or restart time of the timer can be determined according to the existing unicast DRX mechanism.
  • the first timer is started or restarted.
  • the first timer is started or restarted.
  • the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S1101 to S1102 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute;
  • the actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute.
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides another discontinuous reception control method. As shown in FIG. 13 , the discontinuous reception control method includes the following steps S1301-S1303:
  • the first communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and/or the first communication device receives the first data.
  • the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback of the HARQ request, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time.
  • the conflict between the transmission of the first HARQ feedback and the first transmission may include/understand that a resource corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with a resource corresponding to the first transmission.
  • the conflict between the transmission of the first HARQ feedback and the first reception may include/understand that the resource corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the resource corresponding to the first reception.
  • the first timer (or the duration of the first timer) is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer (or the duration of the second timer) is used to instruct the first communication device The amount of time before receiving retransmitted data.
  • the transmission mode of the first control information or the first data is not limited.
  • the transmission mode of the first control information may include/be the transmission mode of the first control information in FIG. 6 .
  • the transmission mode of the first data may include/be the transmission mode of the first data in FIG. 6 .
  • the first control information may include/be the first control information in FIG. 6 .
  • the first data may include/be the first data in FIG. 6 .
  • the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback, which may also be referred to as the first HARQ feedback being dropped (drop).
  • the first HARQ feedback is feedback on the first data.
  • the first communication device determining not to transmit the first HARQ feedback may include: the first communication device determining that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the first communication device determining that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is inconsistent with the first transmission.
  • the first reception collides; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback includes a resource for transmitting the first HARQ feedback, or the transmission of a resource for transmitting the first HARQ feedback.
  • the resource used for transmitting the first HARQ feedback may be a resource such as PUCCH or PSFCH.
  • the first HARQ feedback may include the first UL HARQ feedback, and/or the first SL HARQ feedback.
  • the resources used to transmit the first UL HARQ feedback may be PUCCH resources.
  • the resources used to transmit the first SL HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
  • the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, transmission of the first data, and transmission of the first sidelink.
  • the transmission of the second HARQ feedback is the resource used for transmitting the second HARQ feedback, or the transmission of the resource used for transmitting the second HARQ feedback.
  • the resources fed back by the second HARQ may be PUCCH resources, or resources such as PSFCH.
  • the second HARQ feedback may include second UL HARQ feedback, and/or, second SL HARQ feedback.
  • the resources used to transmit the second UL HARQ feedback may be PUCCH resources.
  • the resources used to transmit the second SL HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
  • the first data transmission may include the first uplink data transmission, and/or the first SL data transmission.
  • the resources used for transmitting the first uplink data transmission may be PUCCH resources, or PUSCH resources.
  • the resources used to transmit the first SL data transmission may be PSFCH resources, or PSSCH resources, or PSCCH resources.
  • the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission.
  • PUCCH1 is used to transmit the first HARQ feedback
  • PUCCH2 is the first transmission. If the priority corresponding to PUCCH1 is lower than the priority corresponding to PUCCH2, the first communication device determines that PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 collide, and determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback.
  • how to determine the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback and the priority corresponding to the first transmission can be referred to in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
  • the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
  • the receiving of the third HARQ feedback may include the receiving of the third SL HARQ feedback.
  • the resources used to receive the third HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
  • the resources used for transmitting the third HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
  • the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first reception.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is MBS HARQ transmission, and the first transmission is unicast HARQ feedback or unicast PUSCH.
  • the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first communication device also receives second control information transmitted in a unicast manner, and the second control information is used to schedule the second data transmitted in a unicast manner.
  • the first communication device receives the second data transmitted in a unicast manner.
  • the unicast transmission reference may be made to the above description of step S601.
  • the first communications apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, which is associated with the second data.
  • the transmission used by the first communication device to send the first HARQ feedback is PUCCH1
  • the first transmission is the transmission of the second HARQ feedback, such as PUCCH2
  • the first transmission is the first data transmission, such as PUSCH1
  • PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 are in A collision occurs in the same time slot, and PUCCH1 with low priority is dropped.
  • Scenario 2 Conflict between ultra-reliable and low latency communications (ultra-reliable and low latency communications, URLLC) HARQ feedback and enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) HARQ feedback/PUSCH.
  • ultra-reliable and low latency communications ultra-reliable and low latency communications
  • eMBB enhanced mobile broadband
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is URLLC HARQ transmission
  • the first transmission is eMBB HARQ feedback transmission or PUSCH transmission.
  • the first data includes URLLC data.
  • the first communication device further receives second control information, the second control information is used to schedule the second data; and/or the first communication device receives the second data; the second data includes eMBB data.
  • the first communications apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, which is associated with the second data.
  • the transmission used by the first communication apparatus to send the first HARQ feedback is PUCCH1
  • the first transmission is the second HARQ feedback transmission, such as PUCCH2 for sending eMBB HARQ feedback
  • the first transmission is the first data transmission, such as PUCCH1, PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 collide in the same time slot, and PUCCH1 with low priority is dropped.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is SL transmission (eg, SL HARQ feedback), and the first transmission is UL transmission.
  • the first control information or the first data is received by the first communication device through the sidelink SL.
  • the first communications apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, the first transmission being associated with the second data.
  • the transmission used by the first communication device to send the first HARQ feedback is PSFCH1
  • the first transmission is the first data transmission, such as PUCCH1, PSFCH1 and PUCCH1 collide in the same time slot, and the low-priority PSFCH1 is dropped .
  • Scenario 4 In the V2X scenario, the conflict between the reception of SL HARQ feedback and the transmission of SL HARQ feedback.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is the transmission of the SL HARQ feedback
  • the first reception is the reception of the SL HARQ feedback
  • the first communication device may receive the first control information or the first data through the SL, and send the corresponding first HARQ feedback, and the first communication device may send the second control information or the second data through the SL. data, and receive third HARQ feedback corresponding to the second control information or the second data.
  • the first communication device determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception, for example, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback such as PSFCH1 is sent, and the first reception is such as PSFCH2, the collision of PSFCH1 and PSFCH2 occurs in the same time slot, and the priority is low
  • the PSFCH1 is dropped.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Based on this solution, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, so that data can be received during the start or restart of the first timer.
  • the existing unicast DRX mechanism after the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot start or restart the first timer or the second timer because the feedback signal is not sent. Therefore, this solution solves the problem that in the existing unicast DRX mechanism, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot receive data that may be sent subsequently.
  • the first communication device needs to determine the first time. For details, refer to how the first communication apparatus determines the first time in the foregoing step S602. Based on this scheme, the activation times of different communication devices can also be aligned.
  • the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes:
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource.
  • the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at a time offset after the first time, considering that the second communication device performs retransmission after receiving feedback from other communication devices.
  • the required processing time avoids meaningless monitoring by the first communication device.
  • the embodiment of the present application further includes: when the second timer times out, starting or restarting the first timer.
  • step S602 which will not be repeated here.
  • the solutions of the above steps S1301 to S1303 can also be applied to the case of NACK only.
  • NACK only the feedback resources of different communication devices receiving the same MBS are shared, and if the HARQ feedback of the communication device is dropped, the communication device starts or restarts the first timer based on the first time determined in step S1303 above. or a second timer.
  • the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S1301 to S1303 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute;
  • the actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute.
  • This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
  • the first communication device or the second communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the first communication device or the second communication device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method embodiments.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated. in a processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
  • FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 140 .
  • the communication device 140 includes a processing module 1401 and a transceiver module 1402 .
  • the transceiver module 1402 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit to implement a transceiver function, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to receive first control information, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data.
  • One piece of data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the transceiver module 1402 is used to receive first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the transceiver module 1402, is used to receive first control information and first data, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; the processing module 1401 is used for according to The first timer starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to instruct the transceiver module 1402 to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the transceiver module 1402 to receive the retransmitted data before length of time.
  • the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  • the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time includes after or before the second time, and The duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource.
  • the xth time domain resource after or before the location or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  • the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource, or the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
  • the yth time domain resource after or before the position or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting first control information or first data.
  • the processing module 1401 is further configured to acquire indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time; the processing module 1401 is further configured to determine the first time according to the indication information.
  • the first time includes the wth time domain resource before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the wth time domain resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein the first feedback resource and The first data is associated.
  • the processing module 1401 configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the processing module 1401 is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer at the first time; or , the processing module 1401 is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource.
  • the first timer is started or restarted.
  • the transceiver module 1402 is configured to receive the first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and /or, the transceiver module 1402, for receiving the first data; the processing module 1401, for determining not to transmit the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request, the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; the processing module 1401, for Start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmission time before the data.
  • the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
  • the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first reception.
  • the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, first data transmission, and first sidelink transmission.
  • the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
  • the communication apparatus 140 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner.
  • Module herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above.
  • the communication device 140 may take the form of the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
  • the processor 401 or 407 in the communication apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 4 may invoke the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403 to cause the communication apparatus 400 to execute the data analysis method in the above method embodiment.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 in FIG. 14 can be implemented by the processor 401 or 407 in the communication apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 4 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403 .
  • the communication device 140 provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned data transmission method, the technical effect that can be obtained can be referred to the above-mentioned method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • one or more of the above modules or units may be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of both.
  • the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in the memory, and the processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow.
  • the processor can be built into a SoC (system on chip) or an ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip.
  • SoC system on chip
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the internal processing of the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA), PLD (Programmable Logic Device) , or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • PLD Programmable Logic Device
  • the hardware can be CPU, microprocessor, digital signal processing (DSP) chip, microcontroller unit (MCU), artificial intelligence processor, ASIC, Any or any combination of SoCs, FPGAs, PLDs, dedicated digital circuits, hardware accelerators, or non-integrated discrete devices that may or may not run the necessary software to perform the above method flows.
  • DSP digital signal processing
  • MCU microcontroller unit
  • ASIC any or any combination of SoCs, FPGAs, PLDs, dedicated digital circuits, hardware accelerators, or non-integrated discrete devices that may or may not run the necessary software to perform the above method flows.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface, the at least one processor is coupled to the memory through the interface, and when the at least one processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory , the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed.
  • the communication device further includes a memory.
  • the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated.
  • the computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.).
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or data storage devices including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
  • the problem to be solved in this embodiment is how the network can correctly determine the bandwidth of the fallback BC of the terminal, so that the network does not need to reconfigure the fallback, which not only ensures the minimum capability signaling overhead, but also ensures that the network configuration of the fallback BC not supported by the terminal can be avoided. If the bandwidth is too high, the terminal communication fails, or the network cannot configure a suitable bandwidth for the terminal, resulting in excessive power consumption of the terminal or affecting the peak rate of the network.
  • the terminal device Report the first fallback frequency band combination to the network device.
  • the terminal device determines the Mth bandwidth combination set of the first fallback frequency band combination, the terminal device reports the Mth bandwidth combination set to the network device, and the first frequency band of the first fallback frequency band combination is for the Mth bandwidth combination set.
  • the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the M bandwidth combination set includes the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Nth bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band of the first frequency band combination;
  • the terminal device sends first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback frequency band combination of the first frequency band combination.
  • the above determination method includes: determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination, or determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination.
  • the determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Pth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set is supported by the first frequency band combination.
  • Bandwidth Combination Set is the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Pth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set is supported by the first frequency band combination.
  • the determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is a carrier bandwidth corresponding to a bandwidth combination set supported by the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device receives second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a carrier bandwidth determination manner for determining the fallback frequency band combination of the first frequency band combination.
  • the terminal device determines the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination of the first frequency band combination according to the determination method indicated by the second indication information.
  • the above determination method includes: determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination, or determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination.
  • the determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Pth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set is supported by the first frequency band combination.
  • Bandwidth Combination Set is the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Pth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set is supported by the first frequency band combination.
  • the determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is a carrier bandwidth corresponding to a bandwidth combination set supported by the first frequency band combination.
  • the Nth bandwidth combination set, the Mth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set may refer to one or more bandwidth combination sets.
  • the main inventive points of the present invention are:
  • BCS Bandwidth Combination Set
  • super BC Fully contain (less than or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC
  • the terminal determines the BCS of the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC, and the fallback BC corresponds to the above BCS
  • the carrier bandwidth is not less than (same or more than) the carrier bandwidth of the super BC, and the UE displays and reports the above fallback BC.
  • the network determines the bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS of the super BC; if the UE displays and reports the fallback BC, then the network determines the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS of the reported fallback BC.
  • the UE sends indication information to the network, indicating the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC.
  • the above determination methods include: 1. Determine the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC, and the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC; 2. According to the carrier bandwidth of the super BC (determined according to the BCS of the super BC) Bandwidth) determines the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC, fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as super BC.
  • Enhanced Mobile Broadband is an important scenario for 5G applications, and typical applications of this scenario include 2k/4k video and VR/AR. These applications require ultra-high transmission data rates: up to 10Gbit/s peak uplink rate, and downlink peak rate up to 20Gbit/s.
  • the peak rate is closely related to the bandwidth available to the user. In order to increase the peak rate and meet the requirements of the eMBB scenario, only the cell bandwidth can be increased. If the bandwidth of a single cell is fixed, it may be considered to aggregate the bandwidths of multiple cells for use, which is the carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) technology. After CA aggregates multiple Component Carriers (CCs), the peak rate can be increased almost proportionally.
  • CA Carrier Aggregation
  • PCC primary carrier
  • PCell primary cell
  • SCC secondary Carrier
  • SCell secondary cell
  • the UE is connected to the cells of two base stations at the same time (the base station here refers to the logical base station), the primary base station is the MN (Master Node), the secondary base station is the SN (Secondary Node), and both MN and SN can do CA alone.
  • the base station here refers to the logical base station
  • the primary base station is the MN (Master Node)
  • the secondary base station is the SN (Secondary Node)
  • both MN and SN can do CA alone.
  • MCG Master Cell Group
  • SCG Secondary Cell Group
  • PCC in SCG called PSCell.
  • the CA capability of the network that is, the specification of the CA, includes how many carriers can be aggregated at most, the maximum aggregated bandwidth, and which CCs can be aggregated together. It is clearly stipulated in the protocol, and the frequency band and bandwidth requirements need to be met, which is also related to the type of CA.
  • CAs There are three types of CAs:
  • CCs belong to the same frequency band and are continuous in the frequency domain
  • CCs belong to the same frequency band, but are discontinuous in the frequency domain
  • Carrier aggregation between frequency bands CCs belong to different frequency bands (because they belong to different frequency bands, multiple CCs are basically discontinuous in the frequency domain)
  • CA CA capability of the base station from the point of view of the base station. Since the implementation of CA is strongly related to the capability of the UE, the CA capability that a UE can actually obtain is determined by the CA capability of the UE itself and the base station it is connected to. .
  • the CA capability of the UE mainly refers to the capability related to the band combination (BC) that the UE can support.
  • the UE reports the UE wireless capabilities to the base station through UE CapabilityInformation signaling. , and reports a list of frequency band combinations supported by the UE (supportedBandCombinationList), which includes the BCs supported by the UE.
  • supportedBandCombinationList which includes the BCs supported by the UE.
  • the UE reports the information about the frequency bands that make up the BC, including the number of the frequency band, the bandwidth class (bandwidthClass) of the frequency band, etc.
  • the bandwidth class (A, B, C, D, E...) of the frequency band indicates the frequency band The maximum number of consecutive aggregated carriers, the range of aggregated channel bandwidth, and the fallback group, etc., see 3GPP TS 38.101-1.
  • BCS BandwidthCombinationSet
  • BCS ID the bandwidth combination supported by the protocol
  • BCS ID the bandwidth combination supported by the protocol
  • BCS reported by the UE is 0, which means that the bandwidth combination corresponding to the BCS 0 in the BC is supported.
  • CA_n78C represents a CA combination with bandwidth class C on NR band n78, which supports both downstream and upstream CA.
  • the 2 contiguous carriers in the n78 band can be aggregated between carriers of ⁇ 50 ⁇ MHz and ⁇ 60,80,100 ⁇ MHz bandwidths, or carriers of ⁇ 60 ⁇ MHz and ⁇ 60,80,100 ⁇ MHz bandwidths Aggregation between ⁇ 80 ⁇ MHz and ⁇ 80,100 ⁇ MHz bandwidth carriers, or ⁇ 100 ⁇ MHz and ⁇ 100 ⁇ MHz bandwidth carriers.
  • CA_n3A-n78A represents the inter-band CA combination between a single carrier with bandwidth class A on NR band n3 and a single carrier with bandwidth class A on NR band n78.
  • BCS0 corresponds to the bandwidth supported by each frequency band under different subcarrier spacing (SCS).
  • SCS subcarrier spacing
  • the supported bandwidths are ⁇ 5,10,15,20,25,30 ⁇ MHz at 15kHz SCS and ⁇ 10,15,20,25, 30 ⁇ MHz; for band n78, the supported bandwidths are ⁇ 10,15,20,40,50 ⁇ MHz at 15kHz SCS and ⁇ 10,15,20,40,50, 30kHz and 60kHz SCS 60,80,90,100 ⁇ MHz.
  • the UE reports the BCS supported by the UE for the BC through a 32-bit bit string.
  • the first/leftmost bit of the bit string represents BCS 0, the second bit represents BCS 1, and so on.
  • the rightmost/last digit represents BCS 31.
  • Bit position 1 indicates that the UE supports the corresponding BCS
  • bit position 0 indicates that the UE does not support the corresponding BCS.
  • the fallback BC refers to the BC obtained from a BC due to the release of at least one SCell or the uplink configuration of the SCell, or the SCG, and the obtained BC is called a fallback BC.
  • the original BC uses super BC in the present invention. to refer to.
  • the UE shall support all its fallback BCs.
  • the fallback BC has the same capability, the UE does not need to display and report the fallback BC in the UE capability, thus greatly saving signaling overhead.
  • the UE When the SCell or SCell uplink configuration or SCG is released, if the obtained fallback BC has the same capability as the BC (referred to as super BC hereinafter) before the release, the UE does not need to display the ability to report the fallback BC.
  • the capability of the BC infers the capability of the fallback BC; however, if the obtained capability of the fallback BC changes, the UE needs to report the fallback BC with additional functions.
  • different BCs support different bandwidths in the same frequency band.
  • the super BC (CA_n3A-n78C) and its fallback BC (CA_n3A-n78A) under BCS 0 support different carrier bandwidths in the n78 band.
  • the corresponding carrier bandwidth of BCS 0 for n78 is ⁇ 50, 60, 80, 100 ⁇ MHz (for 30kHz/60kHz SCS);
  • the corresponding carrier bandwidth of BCS 0 for n78 is ⁇ 10,15,20,40,50,60,80,90,100 ⁇ MHz (for 30kHz/60kHz SCS)
  • the network does not need to reconfigure the UE.
  • the bandwidth supported by the UE in the frequency band of the fallback BC should not be less than the bandwidth supported by the super BC in the frequency band.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC and fallback BC in the same frequency band under the same BCS may be the same or different or not exactly the same
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC in a certain frequency band may or may not include, Or partially contain the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC on this frequency band.
  • the fallback BC defines the same BCS as the super BC, combined with the BCS, there are two possible ways for the network and the terminal to determine the bandwidth of the fallback BC that is not reported:
  • the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS is determined according to the BCS;
  • the fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is determined according to the bandwidth supported by the super BC under the BCS of the super BC.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by the Fallback BC determined by the UE and the network is the same, regardless of whether the determination method 1 or the determination method 2 is adopted.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by n78 in BC n3A-n78A includes and is more than the carrier bandwidth supported by n78 in BC n3A-n78C. Then, under the above two determination methods, the carrier bandwidth supported by the n78 frequency band in BC n3A-n78A is:
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is inconsistently determined by the network and the UE, compatibility issues will arise. If the network adopts the determination method 1, but the UE adopts the determination method 2, it will cause the network to configure the bandwidth that the UE does not support, resulting in communication interruption; if the network adopts the determination method 2 and the UE adopts the determination method 1, the network does not know some Fallback BCs.
  • the supported carrier bandwidth results in insufficient bandwidth configured by the network. If the network cannot configure certain bandwidth values, the peak rate of the network will be affected, or the network cannot configure certain smaller bandwidth values, resulting in excessive UE energy consumption.
  • Case 3 Under the same BCS, the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC on the same frequency band is less than or partially includes the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC;
  • the network since the bandwidth of the fallback BC does not completely include the super BC, the network needs to reconfigure the UE according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC, which will increase the service delay, reduce the service quality, and affect the user experience.
  • the present invention proposes a method for determining the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC, so that both the network and the UE can keep the determined bandwidth of the fallback BC consistent, avoiding the network reconfiguring the fallback BC, and the present invention can not only ensure the capability signaling overhead It can also ensure that the terminal communication fails due to the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC that is not supported by the terminal configured by the network, or that the network cannot configure a suitable carrier bandwidth for the terminal, resulting in excessive power consumption of the terminal or affecting the peak rate of the network.
  • the terminal For the terminal, if the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC, the meaning of support here includes that the BCS is defined for the fallback BC and the fallback BC also supports the BCS, and, if for the same BCS, the fallback BC is on a given frequency band The supported carrier bandwidth is not less than the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC in this frequency band. Then, the terminal determines the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS.
  • the above BCS is the BCS supported by the super BC; in other words, the terminal determines the BCS based on the super BC.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC The terminal may determine the carrier bandwidth supported on each frequency band when the fallback BC performs CA according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC.
  • the terminal does not need to display and report fallback BC.
  • the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC (the meaning of support here is that the BCS is defined for the fallback BC and the fallback BC also supports the BCS), and, if for the same BCS as the super BC, the fallback BC is on the BCS at If the carrier bandwidth supported by a given frequency band cannot completely contain (less than or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC in this frequency band, the UE displays and reports the above fallback BC. The UE determines the reported BCS of the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC (the bandwidth determined according to the BCS of the super BC). The carrier bandwidth of super BC.
  • the network determines the bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS.
  • the above BCS is the BCS supported by the super BC; in other words, the network determines the fallback BC supported by the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC. bandwidth.
  • the network determines the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS that displays the reported fallback BC.
  • the advantage of this method is that in most cases, for the same BCS, the bandwidth supported by the UE on the frequency band of the fallback BC is not less than the bandwidth supported by the super BC on the frequency band. Therefore, in this case, the UE does not need to display the report.
  • the network can search the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC corresponding to the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC and the CA configuration table in TS 38.101. Under this method, signaling overhead can be saved.
  • the bandwidth supported by the UE in the frequency band of the fallback BC is more than the bandwidth supported by the super BC in the frequency band
  • the network can also learn that the UE is in addition to the bandwidth supported by the super BC in this frequency band.
  • the additional bandwidth supported by the fallback BC can correctly understand the UE capabilities, make appropriate CA configurations, effectively increase the network peak rate in the corresponding scenario, or ensure the UE energy consumption.
  • the UE can report the fallback BC through this method and determine the reported BCS of the fallback BC, so that the network can correctly understand The capability of the carrier bandwidth supported by the UE on the fallback BC to prevent the network from reconfiguring the UE.
  • the UE sends indication information to the network, indicating the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC, or the capability of the carrier bandwidth supported by the UE on the fallback BC.
  • the above determination methods include:
  • the above-mentioned indication information is a 1-bit indication.
  • the above indication information is reported in the UE capability, and the network determines the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC according to the indication information.
  • the above indication information is reported for each BC, and the network determines the carrier bandwidth determination method of the Fallback BC of the BC according to the indication information.
  • An implementation manner is that the UE uses 1 bit information to indicate the bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC of the BC.
  • the UE determines the method of indicating to the network which carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC to use.
  • An optional determination method is that the UE traverses all the fallback BCs of the BC.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is less than the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC.
  • the number of fallback BCs is A, and under the same BCS, the number of fallback BCs is A.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC is more than the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC.
  • the number of Fallback BCs is B.
  • Another optional determination method is that the UE traverses all the fallback BCs of the BC.
  • the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, which is less than or equal to the fallback BC bandwidth determination method 2 , when the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, the UE indicates to the network that it is the determination method 1, otherwise, in the fallback BC bandwidth determination method 1, the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, which is greater than or equal to the bandwidth determination method in the fallback BC 2, when the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, the UE indicates to the network that it is the determination mode 2.
  • the UE needs to display and report the fallback BC under the following conditions:
  • the fallback BC that needs to be displayed and reported includes the fallback BC when at least one of the following conditions is met:
  • the fallback BC defines and supports the same BCS as the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC on the BCS in a given frequency band cannot fully contain (less or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC on this frequency band carrier bandwidth;
  • the fallback BC does not support the same BCS as the super BC, that is, the fallback BC supports more or less BCS than the super BC; here, the fallback BC supports more BCS than the super BC's BCS, which refers to the UE capability support
  • the BCS of the fallback BC is more than the BCS of the super BC; the BCS supported by the fallback BC is less than the BCS of the super BC, including both the UE capability supports less BCS of the fallback BC, and the BCS defined for the fallback BC is less than that of the super BC.
  • BC's BCS that is, fallback BC does not define the BCS of one or more super BCs.
  • the fallback BC that needs to be displayed and reported includes the fallback BC when at least one of the following conditions is met:
  • the network determines the carrier bandwidth determination method of the Fallback BC of the BC according to the indication information
  • another implementation method is that the UE uses 1 bitmap to indicate all possible fallback BCs of the BC. bandwidth determination method.
  • the length of the Bitmap is the maximum number of possible fallback BCs.
  • the advantage of this method is that it combines the advantages of the two methods of determining the Fallback BC bandwidth and saves signaling overhead to the greatest extent.
  • the UE can indicate to the network which bandwidth determination method to use according to the corresponding bandwidths of multiple Fallback BCs under the same BCS, that is, compared with super BCs under the same BCS, whether a given frequency band supports more or less bandwidth, Therefore, it is possible to flexibly indicate to the network how to understand the bandwidth of the fallback BC, to ensure that the number of fallback BCs that need to be additionally displayed and reported is the least, so the signaling overhead is smaller.
  • Method 3 For a given BC, the UE indicates to the network the BCS of each fallback BC of the BC. The network determines the bandwidth of the fallback BC according to the BCS of the fallback BC indicated by the UE.
  • the advantage of this method is that the BCS of each fallback BC can be clearly indicated to the network. If the other capabilities of the fallback BC and the super BC are the same, then the UE does not need to report the fallback BC.
  • the network can report the fallback BC according to the super BC.
  • the BCS determines that the fallback BC corresponds to the carrier bandwidth of the BCS.
  • the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC determined by the terminal and the network in the dimension of the BC combined with the BCS is consistent, avoiding the network reconfiguration of the fallback BC; and ensuring that the network can correctly configure the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC according to the capabilities of the UE , to avoid that the network configures the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC that exceeds the UE's capability, or avoids the network being unable to know the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC supported by the UE's capability, resulting in insufficient configured bandwidth and inability to configure a specific bandwidth value, resulting in the network peak rate being affected. loss, or excessive UE energy consumption.
  • the terminal reports fallback BC, And the terminal determines the reported BCS of the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the fallback BC under the above BCS is not less than (same or more than) the carrier bandwidth of the super BC.
  • the UE sends indication information to the network, indicating the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC.
  • the above determination methods include: 1. Determine the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC, and the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC; 2. According to the carrier bandwidth of the super BC (determined according to the BCS of the super BC) Bandwidth) determines the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC, fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as super BC.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application provide a discontinuous reception control method, an apparatus and a system, which are used to align active time periods of different terminal devices. The method comprises: first control information is received, the first control information being used to schedule first data, and the first data being multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; alternatively, a first communication apparatus receives the first data, the first data being multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; alternatively, the first communication apparatus receives the first control information and the first data, the first control information being used to schedule the first data, and the first data being multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; and a first timer or a second timer is started or restarted according to a first time, wherein the first timer is used to indicate the duration for the first communication apparatus to receive retransmitted data, and the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data. The present application is applicable in the technical field of communications.

Description

非连续接收控制方法、装置及系统Discontinuous reception control method, device and system
本申请要求于2021年04月02日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202110363938.X、申请名称为“非连续接收控制方法、装置及系统”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202110363938.X and the application name "Discontinuous Reception Control Method, Device and System", which was submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on April 2, 2021, the entire contents of which are by reference Incorporated in this application.
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及非连续接收控制方法、装置及系统。The present application relates to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a discontinuous reception control method, device, and system.
背景技术Background technique
在无线通信系统中,为了在保证数据能够有效传输的前提下节省终端设备的功耗,引入了一种非连续接收(discontinuous reception,DRX)机制来控制终端设备监听物理下行控制信道(physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的行为。配置DRX机制的终端设备可以进入“睡眠状态”(又可以称为非激活时间段(opportunity for DRX))。其中,处于“睡眠状态”的终端设备不监听PDCCH,当需要监听PDCCH时,则从睡眠状态中唤醒,进入激活时间(active time)段,并在激活时间段内监听PDCCH,这样就可以使终端设备达到省电的目的。目前,激活时间段由非激活时间段之后的on-duration时间段以及后续可能出现的激活延长时间段构成。一个激活时间段以及一个非激活时间段构成一个DRX周期。In the wireless communication system, in order to save the power consumption of the terminal equipment on the premise of ensuring the effective transmission of data, a discontinuous reception (DRX) mechanism is introduced to control the terminal equipment to monitor the physical downlink control channel (physical downlink control channel). channel, PDCCH) behavior. A terminal device configured with a DRX mechanism can enter a "sleep state" (also known as an inactive period (opportunity for DRX)). Among them, the terminal device in the "sleep state" does not monitor the PDCCH. When it needs to monitor the PDCCH, it wakes up from the sleep state, enters the active time period, and monitors the PDCCH during the active time period, so that the terminal can be The device achieves the purpose of saving power. At present, the activation time period consists of the on-duration time period after the inactive time period and the activation extension time period that may occur subsequently. An active period and an inactive period constitute a DRX cycle.
对于单播,DRX机制中,激活时间段内可能出现的激活延长时间段由InactivityTimer、RetransmissionTimerDL中的至少一个确定,其中,RetransmissionTimerDL仅在HARQ-RTT-TimerDL超时且终端设备此次接收的数据解码失败后启动或重启,因此drx-RetransmissionTimerDL或者drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL的启动或重启和/或启动或重启的时间会影响on duration时间段之后可能出现的激活延长时间段,进而影响激活时间段和终端设备在激活时间段内接收数据。For unicast, in the DRX mechanism, the activation extension period that may occur within the activation period is determined by at least one of InactivityTimer and RetransmissionTimerDL, where RetransmissionTimerDL only expires when the HARQ-RTT-TimerDL times out and the terminal device fails to decode the data received this time. Therefore, the activation or restart of drx-RetransmissionTimerDL or drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL and/or the time of activation or restart will affect the activation extension period that may occur after the on duration period, which in turn affects the activation period and The end device receives data during the activation time period.
目前,还没有标准定义对于新空口(new radio,NR)系统中的组播和广播服务(multicast and broadcast services,MBS),或者对于支持组播或广播模式的场景,例如车联网(vehicle to everthing,V2X)场景,DRX机制如何运行。因此,若将单播中的DRX机制运用到MBS或者V2X中,对于组播和/广播,如何使不同的终端设备的激活时间段对齐,是目前亟待解决的问题。Currently, there is no standard definition for multicast and broadcast services (MBS) in new radio (NR) systems, or for scenarios that support multicast or broadcast mode, such as vehicle to everthing , V2X) scenarios, how the DRX mechanism works. Therefore, if the DRX mechanism in unicast is applied to MBS or V2X, for multicast and/or broadcast, how to align the activation time periods of different terminal devices is an urgent problem to be solved at present.
发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
本申请实施例提供非连续接收控制方法、装置、系统,用于解决如何使不同的终端设备的激活时间段对齐的问题。The embodiments of the present application provide a discontinuous reception control method, apparatus, and system, which are used to solve the problem of how to align the activation time periods of different terminal devices.
为达到上述目的,本申请的实施例采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above object, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供了一种非连续接收控制方法,该方法包括:第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;第一通信装置根据第一 时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。基于本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法,可以使接收数据的第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,相比于现有的DRX机制,可以对齐第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间,进而对齐不同通信装置的激活时间。A first aspect provides a discontinuous reception control method, the method includes: a first communication device receives first control information, the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or multicast data or, the first communication device receives the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the first communication device receives the first control information and the first data, the first The control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein, the first The timer is used to instruct the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the time period before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data. Based on the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device that receives data can start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Compared with the existing DRX mechanism, it can align the The start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer, thereby aligning the activation times of different communication devices.
结合上述第一方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:第一通信装置在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,第一通信装置在第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,m为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the above-mentioned first aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer at the first time or a second timer; or, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource or the second timer, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
第二方面,提供了一种非连续接收控制方法,该方法包括:第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长。基于本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法,第一通信装置可以根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,可以理解的是,第一通信装置所在的组内,所有的通信装置同样根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,实现了通过控制第一定时器的时长对齐第一定时器的结束时间,进而对齐不同通信装置的激活结束时间。In a second aspect, a discontinuous reception control method is provided, the method includes: a first communication device receives first control information, the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or multicast data or, the first communication device receives the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the first communication device receives the first control information and the first data, the first The control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the first timer. The length of time a communication device receives retransmitted data. Based on the discontinuous reception control method provided in this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may control the duration of the first timer according to the first time. It can be understood that in the group where the first communication device is located, all communication devices also The first time controls the duration of the first timer, so as to align the end time of the first timer by controlling the duration of the first timer, thereby aligning the activation end times of different communication devices.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,包括:第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间早于第一时间,第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长延长第一时长;或者,第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间晚于第一时间,所述第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长减少第一时长;其中,第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。With reference to the above second aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time, including: the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the time of the first timer or the second timer. time, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration; or, if the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, the first communication device extends the first timer The duration of the timer is reduced by the first duration; wherein the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一时长为第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间与第一时间之间的时长。With reference to the above second aspect, in a possible design, the first duration is the duration between the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer and the first time.
结合上述第二方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置发送第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈;第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联。With reference to the above-mentioned second aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device sends the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer ; wherein, the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
第三方面,提供了一种非连续接收控制方法,该方法包括:第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,第一通信装置接收第一数据;第一通信装置确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联;第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。基于该方案,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,会根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,从而可以在第一定时器启动或重启期间接收数据。而按照现有的单播DRX机制,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,因为不发送反馈信号所以无法启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。 所以该方案解决了现有的单播DRX机制中,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,无法接受到后续可能发送的数据的问题。In a third aspect, a discontinuous reception control method is provided, the method comprising: a first communication device receiving first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule first data; and/or, the first communication device receiving the first control information data; the first communication device determines not to transmit the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time ; wherein, the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data. Based on this solution, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, so that data can be received during the start or restart of the first timer. However, according to the existing unicast DRX mechanism, after the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot start or restart the first timer or the second timer because the feedback signal is not sent. Therefore, this solution solves the problem that in the existing unicast DRX mechanism, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot receive data that may be sent subsequently.
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突。With reference to the above third aspect, in a possible design, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一传输对应的优先级;或者,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一接收对应的优先级。With reference to the above third aspect, in a possible design, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority of the first transmission receive the corresponding priority.
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一传输包括以下任一项或多项:第二HARQ反馈的传输、第一数据传输、第一侧行链路传输。With reference to the above third aspect, in a possible design, the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, transmission of the first data, and transmission of the first sidelink.
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一接收包括以下任一项或多项:第三HARQ反馈的接收。With reference to the above third aspect, in a possible design, the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
结合上述第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:第一通信装置在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,第一通信装置在第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,m为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the above third aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer at the first time or a second timer; or, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource or the second timer, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一控制信息以单播方式传输,或者,第一控制信息以组播方式传输。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the time domain position of the first feedback resource. After the time domain position; or, the first time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the first The time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position after or before the first transmission resource. y time-domain resources or before the y-th time-domain resource or after the y-th time-domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data, and the first transmission resource includes the transmission of the first control information or the first data. resource.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置获取指示信息;第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间;指示信息包括以下任一项或多项:第一反馈资源集合的信息,第一标识的信息,第一反馈资源的信息,第一传输资源的信息;其中,第一反馈资源集合包括第一数据对应的反馈资源。With reference to the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect or third aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes Any one or more of the following: information on the first feedback resource set, information on the first identifier, information on the first feedback resource, and information on the first transmission resource; wherein the first feedback resource set includes feedback corresponding to the first data resource.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一反馈资源集合包括所述第一反馈资源。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,指示信息还包括:x的信息,或,y的信息。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the indication information further includes: information of x, or information of y.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一标识包括第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识,或者,第一标识包括第一反馈资源的标识;或,第一标识包括接收第一数据的通信装置的数量。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。With reference to the above first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置不同。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间或时间之前或时间之后;或者,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后。In combination with the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect or third aspect, the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time The time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置获取指示信息;第一通信装置根据所述指示信息确定第一时间;指示信息包括以下任一项或多项:第二时间的信息、第一时间间隔的信息。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; The information includes any one or more of the following: information of the second time, information of the first time interval.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,指示信息还包括:z的信息。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the indication information further includes: z information.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect, or the third aspect, in a possible design, the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the time domain position of the first feedback resource. After the time domain position, or, the second time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein, the first The feedback resource is associated with the first data.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二时间的信息包括以下任一项或多项:第一反馈资源集合的信息,第一标识的信息,第一反馈资源的信息,x的信息。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the information of the second time includes any one or more of the following: the information of the first feedback resource set, the information of the first identification, The information of the first feedback resource, the information of x.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一反馈资源集合包括第一反馈资源。With reference to the above first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一标识包括第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识,或者,第一标识包括第一反馈资源的标识;或,第一标识包括接收第一数据的通信装置的数量。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。With reference to the above first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置不同。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后,或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or the time domain position of the first transmission resource. After the time domain position, or, the first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein, the first The transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一通信装置获取指示信息,指示信息包括第一时间的信息。第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first communication apparatus acquires indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time. The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之前或之后的第w个时域资源或第w个时域资源前或第w个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the first time includes the wth time domain resource or the wth time domain before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource Before the resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication device.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置获取指示信息;第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间;指示信息包括第一反馈资源的信息,和/或,W的信息。With reference to the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect or third aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes The information of the first feedback resource, and/or the information of W.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同;或者,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源位于相同的时域资源内。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive the first data are the same; or, different communication devices that receive the first data The corresponding feedback resources are located within the same time domain resources.
结合上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。With reference to the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect, in a possible design, the second timer times out, and the first timer is started or restarted.
第四方面,提供了一种第一通信装置用于实现上述方法。该第一通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a fourth aspect, a first communication apparatus is provided for implementing the above method. The first communication apparatus includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
结合上述第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;该收发模块,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;该处理模块,用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示收发模块接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示收发模块接收重传的数据前的时长。With reference to the above fourth aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is used to receive the first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data, The first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first control information and the first data , the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the processing module is used to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time ; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the transceiver module to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the transceiver module receives the retransmitted data.
结合上述第四方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块可以为处理器,收发模块可以为收发器。With reference to the above fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module may be a processor, and the transceiver module may be a transceiver.
结合上述第四方面,在一种可能的设计中,处理模块根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:处理模块在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,处理模块在第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,m为大于或等于1的正整数。In combination with the above fourth aspect, in a possible design, the processing module starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the processing module starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer at the first time timer; or, the processing module starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
第五方面,提供了一种第一通信装置用于实现上述方法。该第一通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a fifth aspect, a first communication apparatus is provided for implementing the above method. The first communication apparatus includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;该收发模块,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;该处理模块,用于根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接 收重传的数据的时长。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is used to receive first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data, The first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, receiving the first control information and the first data , the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the processing module is used to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein, the first The timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data.
结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块可以为处理器,收发模块可以为收发器。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module may be a processor, and the transceiver module may be a transceiver.
结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的设计中,处理模块用于根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,包括:第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间早于第一时间,第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长延长第一时长;或者,第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间晚于第一时间,所述第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长减少第一时长;其中,第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前等待的时长。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the processing module is configured to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, including: the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the time of the first timer or the second timer. time, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration; or, if the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, the first communication device extends the first timer The duration of the timer is reduced by the first duration; wherein, the second timer is used to indicate the duration of waiting before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一时长为第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间与第一时间之间的时长。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the first duration is the duration between the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer and the first time.
结合上述第五方面,在一种可能的设计中,该收发模块,还用于发送第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈;该处理模块,还用于启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a possible design, the transceiver module is also used to send the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request; the processing module is also used to start or restart the first timer or the second timer The device; wherein the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
第六方面,提供了一种第一通信装置用于实现上述方法。该第一通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a sixth aspect, a first communication apparatus is provided for implementing the above method. The first communication apparatus includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method, and the modules, units, or means may be implemented by hardware, software, or hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该第一通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;该收发模块,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,接收第一数据;该处理模块,用于确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联;该处理模块,还用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first communication device includes: a transceiver module and a processing module; the transceiver module is used to receive first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and/or, receiving the first data; the processing module is configured to determine not to transmit the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; Start or restart the first timer or the second timer; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data. duration.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,处理模块可以为处理器,收发模块可以为收发器。With reference to the above sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the processing module may be a processor, and the transceiver module may be a transceiver.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一传输对应的优先级;或者,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一接收对应的优先级。With reference to the above sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission. One receives the corresponding priority.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一传输包括以下任一项或多项:第二HARQ反馈的传输、第一数据传输、第一侧行链路传输。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, transmission of the first data, and transmission of the first sidelink.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的实现方式中,第一接收包括以下任一项或多项:第三HARQ反馈的接收。With reference to the above sixth aspect, in a possible implementation manner, the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
结合上述第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该处理模块用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:该处理模块,用于在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,该处理模块用于在第一时间之后的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,m为大于或等于1的正整数。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the processing module configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the processing module is configured to start or restart at the first time The first timer or the second timer; or, the processing module is configured to start or restart the first time domain resource after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource Timer or second timer, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一控制信息以单播方式传输,或者,第一控制信息以组播方式传输。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the time domain of the first feedback resource. After the time domain position; or, the first time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the first The time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position after or before the first transmission resource. y time-domain resources or before the y-th time-domain resource or after the y-th time-domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data, and the first transmission resource includes the transmission of the first control information or the first data. resource.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置获取指示信息;第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间;指示信息包括以下任一项或多项:第一反馈资源集合的信息,第一标识的信息,第一反馈资源的信息,第一传输资源的信息;其中,第一反馈资源集合包括第一数据对应的反馈资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes Any one or more of the following: information on the first feedback resource set, information on the first identifier, information on the first feedback resource, and information on the first transmission resource; wherein the first feedback resource set includes feedback corresponding to the first data resource.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一反馈资源集合包括所述第一反馈资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,指示信息还包括:x的信息,或,y的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the indication information further includes: information of x, or information of y.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一标识包括第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识,或者,第一标识包括第一反馈资源的标识;或,第一标识包括接收第一数据的通信装置的数量。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置不同。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间或时间之前或时间之后;或者,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后。In combination with the above fourth aspect, fifth aspect or sixth aspect, the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time The time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置获取指示信息;第一通信装置根据所述指示信息确定第一时间;指示信息包括以下任一项或多项:第二时间的信息、第一时间间隔的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; The information includes any one or more of the following: information of the second time, information of the first time interval.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,指示信息还包括:z的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the indication information further includes: z information.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个 时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect, or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or the first feedback resource. After the time domain position, or, the second time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein, the first The feedback resource is associated with the first data.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二时间的信息包括以下任一项或多项:第一反馈资源集合的信息,第一标识的信息,第一反馈资源的信息,x的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the information of the second time includes any one or more of the following: the information of the first feedback resource set, the information of the first identification, The information of the first feedback resource, the information of x.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一反馈资源集合包括第一反馈资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first feedback resource set includes the first feedback resource.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一标识包括第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识,或者,第一标识包括第一反馈资源的标识;或,第一标识包括接收第一数据的通信装置的数量。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first identifier includes an identifier of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or the first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource; Or, the first identification includes the number of communication devices that receive the first data.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置不同。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are different.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the first data are the same.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后,或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or the time domain position of the first transmission resource. After the time domain position, or, the first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein, the first The transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一通信装置获取指示信息,指示信息包括第一时间的信息。第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first communication apparatus acquires indication information, and the indication information includes information of the first time. The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之前或之后的第w个时域资源或第w个时域资源前或第w个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the first time includes the wth time domain resource or the wth time domain before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource Before the resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication device.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一通信装置获取指示信息;第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间;指示信息包括第一反馈资源的信息,和/或,W的信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the method further includes: the first communication device obtains indication information; the first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information; the indication information includes The information of the first feedback resource, and/or the information of W.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同;或者,接收第一数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源位于相同的时域资源内。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices receiving the first data are the same; or, different communication devices receiving the first data The corresponding feedback resources are located within the same time domain resources.
结合上述第四方面、第五方面或第六方面,在一种可能的设计中,第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。With reference to the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the second timer times out, and the first timer is started or restarted.
其中,第四方面、第五方面或第六方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面中不同的设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the technical effect brought by any one of the design methods in the fourth aspect, the fifth aspect or the sixth aspect can refer to the technical effects brought by the different design methods in the above-mentioned first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect , and will not be repeated here.
第七方面,提供了一种第一通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当该第一设备运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执 行指令,以使该第一设备执行如上述第一方面中任一项所述的非连续接收控制方法。In a seventh aspect, a first communication device is provided, comprising: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and when the first device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory, so that the first device executes the discontinuous reception control method according to any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
第八方面,提供了一种第一通信装置,包括:处理器;所述处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据所述指令执行如上述第一方面中任一项所述的非连续接收控制方法。In an eighth aspect, a first communication device is provided, comprising: a processor; the processor is configured to be coupled to a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute any one of the above-mentioned first aspects according to the instruction The discontinuous reception control method.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面中任一项所述的非连续接收控制方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, so that when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer can execute the discontinuous sequence described in any one of the above-mentioned first aspects. Receive control method.
第十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面中任一项所述的非连续接收控制方法。In a tenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enable the computer to execute the discontinuous reception control method according to any one of the above-mentioned first aspects.
第十一方面,提供了一种装置(例如,该装置可以是芯片系统),该装置包括处理器,用于支持第一通信装置实现上述第一方面、第二方面或第三方面中所涉及的功能,在一种可能的设计中,该装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存第一通信装置必要的程序指令和数据。该装置是芯片系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。An eleventh aspect provides an apparatus (for example, the apparatus may be a system-on-a-chip), the apparatus includes a processor for supporting the first communication apparatus to implement the above-mentioned first aspect, second aspect or third aspect In a possible design, the device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the first communication device. When the device is a system-on-chip, it may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices.
其中,第七方面至第十一方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见第一方面、第二方面或第三方面中中不同设计方式所带来的技术效果,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the technical effect brought by any one of the design methods in the seventh aspect to the eleventh aspect can refer to the technical effect brought by different design methods in the first aspect, the second aspect or the third aspect. Repeat.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种DRX周期示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX cycle provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种下一代无线接入网系统的架构示意图;FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a next-generation wireless access network system according to an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 4 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 5 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的一种非连续接收控制方法的流程示意图;6 is a schematic flowchart of a discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7a为本申请实施例提供的一种第一反馈资源的时域位置示意图;FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of a first feedback resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7b为本申请实施例提供的一种第一传输资源的时域位置示意图;FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of a first transmission resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种第一反馈资源的时域位置示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a time domain location of another first feedback resource provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种反馈资源频分示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of frequency division of feedback resources according to an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种第一反馈资源在反馈资源中的时域位置顺序示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a time domain position sequence diagram of a first feedback resource in a feedback resource according to an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种非连续接收控制方法的流程示意图;11 is a schematic flowchart of another discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第一时间与第一时长的示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of a first time and a first duration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的又一种非连续接收控制方法的流程示意图;13 is a schematic flowchart of another discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的又一种结构示意图。FIG. 14 is another schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请提供的实施例可以应用于MBS课题和V2X课题,但是不限于此。为了方便理解本申请实施例的技术方案,首先给出本申请相关技术的简要介绍如下。The embodiments provided in this application can be applied to the MBS topic and the V2X topic, but are not limited thereto. In order to facilitate understanding of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, a brief introduction of the related technologies of the present application is first given as follows.
1、MBS。1. MBS.
MBS的传输方式:针对MBS业务/数据的传输,可以有下列任一项或多种传输方式:动态传输方式和/或配置传输方式。Transmission mode of MBS: For the transmission of MBS services/data, there may be any one or more of the following transmission modes: dynamic transmission mode and/or configuration transmission mode.
其中,动态传输方式包括点到点(Point-to-Point,PTP)传输方式和/或PTM传输方式。The dynamic transmission mode includes a point-to-point (Point-to-Point, PTP) transmission mode and/or a PTM transmission mode.
PTP传输方式:通过该传输方式,发送端将一份数据发给一个接收端。PTP传输方式可以理解为:(网络设备)以终端设备特定的无线网络临时标识符(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)(例如,小区无线网络临时标识符(Cell-RNTI,C-RNTI)、第一RNTI)加扰的PDCCH/下行控制信息(Downlink control information,DCI)(为终端设备)调度终端设备特定的RNTI(例如,C-RNTI、第一RNTI)加扰的物理下行共享信道(Physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)。PTP传输方式也可以称为C+C传输方式。PTP transmission mode: In this transmission mode, the sender sends a piece of data to a receiver. The PTP transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) uses the terminal device-specific Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) (for example, the cell radio network temporary identifier (Cell-RNTI, C-RNTI), the first RNTI) scrambled PDCCH/Downlink control information (Downlink control information, DCI) (for terminal equipment) scheduling terminal equipment-specific RNTI (for example, C-RNTI, first RNTI) scrambled physical downlink shared channel (Physical downlink shared channel) channel, PDSCH). The PTP transmission mode may also be referred to as the C+C transmission mode.
在本申请中,DCI可以替换为PDCCH,PDCCH可以替换为DCI。In this application, DCI may be replaced by PDCCH, and PDCCH may be replaced by DCI.
在本申请中,RNTI加扰PDCCH/DCI/控制信息可以理解为:RNTI加扰PDCCH/DCI/控制信息的循环冗余校验(cyclic redundancy check,CRC),或,PDCCH/DCI/控制信息的CRC被RNTI加扰(PDCCH/DCI/控制信息with CRC scrambled by RNTI)。In this application, RNTI scrambled PDCCH/DCI/control information may be understood as: cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of RNTI scrambled PDCCH/DCI/control information, or, cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of PDCCH/DCI/control information CRC is scrambled by RNTI (PDCCH/DCI/control information with CRC scrambled by RNTI).
PTM传输方式:通过PTM传输方式,发送端可以将一份数据发送给多个接收端。PTM transmission mode: Through the PTM transmission mode, the sender can send a piece of data to multiple receivers.
PTM传输方式可能包含第一种PTM传输方式和/或第二种PTM传输方式:The PTM transmission method may include the first PTM transmission method and/or the second PTM transmission method:
第一种PTM传输方式可以理解为:(网络设备)以公共的RNTI(例如,Group-RNTI(G-RNTI)、第二RNTI)加扰的PDCCH/DCI(为终端设备)调度公共的RNTI(例如,G-RNTI、第二RNTI)加扰的PDSCH。或者可以这样理解,网络侧通过一个公共的RNTI加扰一个DCI,该DCI用于调度通过一个公共RNTI加扰的一个数据,这种情况下,多个通信装置接收到同一个DCI,且这多个通信装置接收的数据相同。The first PTM transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) schedules the common RNTI ( For example, G-RNTI, second RNTI) scrambled PDSCH. Or it can be understood that the network side scrambles a DCI through a common RNTI, and the DCI is used to schedule a piece of data scrambled through a common RNTI. In this case, multiple communication devices receive the same DCI, and there are many The data received by each communication device is the same.
第一种PTM传输方式也可以称为G+G传输方式。The first PTM transmission mode may also be called a G+G transmission mode.
第二种PTM传输方式可以理解为:(网络设备)以终端设备特定的RNTI(例如,C-RNTI、第一RNTI)加扰的PDCCH/DCI(为终端设备)调度公共的RNTI(例如,G-RNTI、第二RNTI)加扰的PDSCH。或者可以这样理解,多个通信装置中的每个通信装置分别接收到一个由特定的RNTI加扰的DCI,但是这些DCI用于调度同一个数据,即虽然每个通信装置接收到的DCI各不相同,但这多个通信装置接收的数据相同。The second PTM transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) schedules a common RNTI (eg, G - RNTI, second RNTI) scrambled PDSCH. Or it can be understood in this way that each communication device in the plurality of communication devices respectively receives a DCI scrambled by a specific RNTI, but these DCIs are used to schedule the same data, that is, although the DCIs received by each communication device are different. The same, but the data received by the plurality of communication devices are the same.
第二种PTM传输方式也可以称为C+G传输方式。The second PTM transmission mode may also be referred to as the C+G transmission mode.
例如,PDSCH也可以理解为数据。For example, PDSCH can also be understood as data.
配置传输方式可以理解为:(网络设备)在配置资源上(向终端设备)传输数据/组播数据;或,(终端设备)在配置资源上接收(网络设备发送的)数据/组播数据。The configuration transmission mode can be understood as: (the network device) transmits data/multicast data on the configuration resource (to the terminal device); or, (the terminal device) receives the data/multicast data (sent by the network device) on the configuration resource.
配置传输方式也可以称为半静态传输方式。The configuration transport mode can also be referred to as a semi-static transport mode.
配置资源也可以称为半静态调度(Semi-Persistent Scheduling,SPS)资源。Configuration resources may also be called semi-persistent scheduling (Semi-Persistent Scheduling, SPS) resources.
MBS HARQ:NR MBS支持混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)。MBS HARQ: NR MBS supports hybrid automatic repeat request (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest, HARQ).
2、组播和单播。2. Multicast and unicast.
组播可以包括以下任一项或多项:多媒体广播多播业务(multimedia broadcast multicast service,MBMS)或MBS中的广播;MBMS或MBS中的组播;MBMS或MBS中的多播;V2X中的组播;V2X中的多播;V2X中的广播;多播;广播;multicast; groupcast;broadcast。Multicast may include any one or more of the following: Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) or broadcast in MBS; Multicast in MBMS or MBS; Multicast in MBMS or MBS; multicast; multicast in V2X; broadcast in V2X; multicast; broadcast; multicast; groupcast; broadcast.
组播业务可以包括/替换为以下任一项或多项:广播业务、多播业务、MBS业务、MBS广播业务、MBS多播业务、V2X组播业务、V2X广播业务。The multicast service may include/replace with any one or more of the following: broadcast service, multicast service, MBS service, MBS broadcast service, MBS multicast service, V2X multicast service, and V2X broadcast service.
组播业务对应的数据可以称为组播数据。The data corresponding to the multicast service may be called multicast data.
单播可以包括以下任一项或多项:V2X中的单播;unicast。可选的,单播可理解为单播传输。Unicast may include any one or more of the following: unicast in V2X; unicast. Optionally, unicast can be understood as unicast transmission.
在本申请实施例中,组播方式也可以包括/替换为多播方式或广播方式。在进行说明时,皆以组播方式为例进行说明。In this embodiment of the present application, the multicast mode may also include/replace with a multicast mode or a broadcast mode. In the description, the multicast mode is taken as an example for description.
3、DRX。3. DRX.
如上文介绍,DRX用于控制终端设备监听PDCCH的行为,可以保证数据能够有效传输的前提下节省终端设备的功耗。当为终端设备配置DRX时,可以让终端设备在某些时候进入睡眠期,此时终端设备处于“睡眠态”,终端设备不需要连续地监听PDCCH,而需要监听的时候,则从“睡眠态”中唤醒进入“激活态”,也就是进入了激活期。这样就可以使终端设备达到省电的目的。As described above, DRX is used to control the behavior of the terminal equipment to monitor the PDCCH, which can save the power consumption of the terminal equipment on the premise that the data can be effectively transmitted. When configuring DRX for a terminal device, the terminal device can enter the sleep period at certain times. At this time, the terminal device is in a "sleep state", and the terminal device does not need to continuously monitor the PDCCH. ", wake up and enter the "active state", that is, enter the active period. In this way, the terminal device can achieve the purpose of saving power.
一个典型的DRX周期如图1所示:A typical DRX cycle is shown in Figure 1:
激活时间段(on-duration):终端设备被唤醒之后,终端设备等待接收PDCCH的持续时间段。如果终端设备在On-duration期间成功解码了PDCCH,那么终端设备将保持在被唤醒状态,并且通过控制定时器(例如,Inactivity-timer、重传定时器、RTT定时器)延长唤醒时间。On-duration: After the terminal device is woken up, the terminal device waits to receive the PDCCH. If the terminal device successfully decodes the PDCCH during the On-duration period, the terminal device will remain in the awake state and prolong the wake-up time by controlling the timers (eg, Inactivity-timer, retransmission timer, RTT timer).
非激活时间段(Opportunity for DRX):这段时间是DRX中的睡眠时间,即终端设备为了省电,进入了睡眠而不监听PDCCH的时间。用于DRX睡眠的时间越长,终端设备的功耗就越低,但相应的,业务传输的时延也会跟着增加。Inactive time period (Opportunity for DRX): This period is the sleep time in DRX, that is, the time when the terminal device enters sleep and does not monitor the PDCCH in order to save power. The longer the time used for DRX sleep, the lower the power consumption of the terminal device, but correspondingly, the delay of service transmission will also increase.
DRX周期(DRX Cycle):on-duration的重复周期,即下一个DRX Cycle的启动或重启时间为on-duration的启动或重启时间。一个DRX周期由on-duration加上后续可能出现的由定时器控制的激活延长时间段以及非激活时间段(Opportunity for DRX)组成。DRX Cycle (DRX Cycle): The repetition period of on-duration, that is, the start or restart time of the next DRX Cycle is the start or restart time of on-duration. A DRX cycle consists of on-duration plus a possible subsequent activation extension period controlled by a timer and an inactive period (Opportunity for DRX).
单播下的DRX:DRX under unicast:
在现有的DRX中,用于控制终端设备处于激活状态的定时器可以包括(以下对各个定时器的解释皆以下行为例进行说明):OnDuration Timer、InactivityTimer、RetransmissionTimer,即上述定时器运行期间,终端设备处于激活状态。In the existing DRX, the timers used to control the active state of the terminal device may include (the following explanations for each timer are described by the following examples): OnDuration Timer, InactivityTimer, RetransmissionTimer, that is, during the running period of the above timer, The end device is active.
RetransmissionTimer,是为每个下行HARQ进程配置的,可以理解为重传场景中,终端设备接收期望的下行重传数据的最大时长;RetransmissionTimer, which is configured for each downlink HARQ process, can be understood as the maximum duration for the terminal device to receive the expected downlink retransmission data in the retransmission scenario;
HARQ-RTT-Timer,也是为每个下行HARQ进程配置的,可以理解为终端设备在收到期望的下行重传数据之前,需要等待的最短时长。HARQ-RTT-Timer, which is also configured for each downlink HARQ process, can be understood as the shortest time that the terminal device needs to wait before receiving the expected downlink retransmission data.
当为一个终端设备配置了DRX,在静态配置(configured assignment)情况下,终端设备使用DRX的具体处理流程可以为:When DRX is configured for a terminal device, in the case of static configuration (configured assignment), the specific processing flow of the terminal device using DRX can be as follows:
1)如果终端设备在激活期在配置的下行分配中接收到了下行数据,那么终端设备在向网络设备发送了反馈之后启动或重启HARQ-RTT-Timer;1) If the terminal device receives downlink data in the configured downlink allocation during the activation period, then the terminal device starts or restarts the HARQ-RTT-Timer after sending feedback to the network device;
2)如果HARQ-RTT-Timer超时,且该HARQ进程中存在未被成功解码的数据, 那么终端设备在HARQ-RTT-Timer超时之后启动或重启RetransmissionTimer,以接收重传数据。2) If the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out and there is data that has not been successfully decoded in the HARQ process, the terminal device starts or restarts the RetransmissionTimer after the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out to receive retransmission data.
当为一个终端设备配置了DRX,在动态调度情况下,终端设备使用DRX的具体处理流程可以为:When DRX is configured for a terminal device, in the case of dynamic scheduling, the specific processing flow of the terminal device using DRX can be as follows:
1)终端设备在激活期监听PDCCH,如果PDCCH指示有下行传输,那么终端设备可以在向网络设备发送了反馈之后启动或重启HARQ-RTT-Timer;1) The terminal device monitors the PDCCH during the activation period. If the PDCCH indicates that there is downlink transmission, the terminal device can start or restart the HARQ-RTT-Timer after sending feedback to the network device;
2)如果HARQ-RTT-Timer超时,且该HARQ进程中存在未被成功解码的数据,那么终端设备在HARQ-RTT-Timer超时之后启动或重启RetransmissionTimer,以接收重传数据。2) If the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out and there is data that has not been successfully decoded in the HARQ process, the terminal device starts or restarts the RetransmissionTimer after the HARQ-RTT-Timer times out to receive retransmission data.
3)终端设备在激活期监听PDCCH,如果PDCCH指示有新传(上行的新传或下行的新传),终端设备在接收到PDCCH之后启动或重启InactivityTimer。3) The terminal device monitors the PDCCH during the activation period. If the PDCCH indicates that there is a new transmission (uplink new transmission or downlink new transmission), the terminal device starts or restarts the InactivityTimer after receiving the PDCCH.
单播的DRX机制中,DRX的激活时间段可以包括on duration timer、inactivity timer和RetransmissionTimer的运行时间。为了方便介绍,后文可以将HARQ-RTT-Timer称为RTT定时器,将RetransmissionTimer称为重传定时器,将重传定时器运行时间称为重传激活时间段,在此统一说明。In the unicast DRX mechanism, the activation time period of DRX may include the running time of on duration timer, inactivity timer and RetransmissionTimer. For the convenience of introduction, the HARQ-RTT-Timer may be referred to as the RTT timer, the RetransmissionTimer may be referred to as the retransmission timer, and the running time of the retransmission timer may be referred to as the retransmission activation period, which will be uniformly described here.
4、V2X。4. V2X.
V2X是智能交通运输系统的关键技术,被认为是物联网体系中最有产业潜力、市场需求最明确的领域之一。车联网是指通过装载在车上的传感器、车载终端设备等提供车辆信息,实现车辆到车辆(vehicle to vehicle,V2V),车辆到基础设施(vehicle to infrastructure,V2I),车辆到网络(vehicle to Network,V2N)以及车辆到行人(vehicle to pedestrian,V2P)之间的相互通信的通信网络。V2X is the key technology of intelligent transportation system and is considered to be one of the fields with the most industrial potential and the clearest market demand in the IoT system. The Internet of Vehicles refers to providing vehicle information through sensors and in-vehicle terminal equipment mounted on the vehicle to realize vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V), vehicle-to-infrastructure (V2I), vehicle-to-network (vehicle to network) Network, V2N) and vehicle-to-pedestrian (V2P) communication network.
一般的,在V2X场景下,终端与其他终端之间进行直连通信的通信链路可以称之为侧行链路(sidelink,SL)或者边链路。Generally, in a V2X scenario, a communication link for direct communication between a terminal and other terminals may be called a sidelink (sidelink, SL) or a side link.
NR V2X中支持单播、组播和广播。Unicast, multicast and broadcast are supported in NR V2X.
5、NACK only和ACK/NACK5. NACK only and ACK/NACK
NACK only:通信装置接收数据成功不发送反馈,接收失败反馈NACK。NACK only: The communication device does not send feedback if it receives data successfully, and reports NACK if it fails to receive data.
ACK/NACK:通信装置接收数据成功发送ACK,接收失败反馈NACK。ACK/NACK: The communication device sends ACK when receiving data successfully, and returns NACK when receiving data fails.
6、单播的PUCCH6. Unicast PUCCH
6.1:单播的PUCCH资源配置机制6.1: Unicast PUCCH Resource Configuration Mechanism
网络设备针对每个部分带宽(bandwidth part)BWP配置PUCCH配置(PUCCH-Config)。The network device configures a PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-Config) for each bandwidth part BWP.
对于动态分配的下行资源来说,通过下列参数结合RRC字段确定PUCCH资源(PUCCH resource):For dynamically allocated downlink resources, the PUCCH resource (PUCCH resource) is determined by the following parameters combined with the RRC field:
DCI中的PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator字段,该字段指示PUCCH反馈资源和PDSCH之间的时隙(slot)间隔。PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in DCI, which indicates the slot interval between PUCCH feedback resources and PDSCH.
DCI中的PUCCH resource indicator字段,该字段指示PUCCH资源的时域和频域位置。例如,指在一个slot中哪个/些symbol上传输。The PUCCH resource indicator field in the DCI indicates the time domain and frequency domain location of the PUCCH resource. For example, which symbol/symbols in a slot are transmitted.
对于SPS情况来说,终端设备通过下列参数确定PUCCH资源:For the SPS case, the terminal device determines the PUCCH resource through the following parameters:
DCI中的PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator字段,并结合RRC信令中的 n1PUCCH-AN参数,该参数指示PUCCH资源编号(PUCCH-ResourceId),该资源编号指网络设备为终端设备配置的PUCCH资源的编号。The PDSCH-to-HARQ_feedback timing indicator field in the DCI, combined with the n1PUCCH-AN parameter in the RRC signaling, indicates the PUCCH resource ID (PUCCH-ResourceId), which refers to the PUCCH resource configured by the network device for the terminal device. Numbering.
6.2:单播的PUCCH传输机制6.2: Unicast PUCCH Transmission Mechanism
PUCCH和PUSCH冲突/覆盖(overlap)时,可能会将PUCCH随路到PUSCH。When the PUCCH and the PUSCH collide/overlap, the PUCCH may be routed to the PUSCH.
在超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low latency communications,URLLC)中:In ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC):
对于PUCCH,不同优先级的PUCCH若时域上冲突,低优先级的PUCCH被drop。For PUCCH, if PUCCHs with different priorities collide in the time domain, PUCCHs with lower priorities are dropped.
7、HARQ反馈被drop7. HARQ feedback is dropped
目前,HARQ反馈被drop有以下几种情况(case):Currently, HARQ feedback is dropped in the following cases:
情况1:MBS HARQ反馈和单播HARQ反馈/单播PUSCH的冲突:Case 1: Conflict between MBS HARQ feedback and unicast HARQ feedback/unicast PUSCH:
终端设备用于发送MBS HARQ反馈的PUCCH资源和用于发送单播HARQ反馈的PUCCH资源,或者和单播PUSCH资源在时域上冲突,低优先级的资源被drop。The PUCCH resource used by the terminal device for sending MBS HARQ feedback and the PUCCH resource used for sending unicast HARQ feedback, or conflict with the unicast PUSCH resource in the time domain, and the low-priority resource is dropped.
情况2:URLLC HARQ反馈和增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)HARQ反馈/PUSCH的冲突:Case 2: Conflict between URLLC HARQ feedback and enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) HARQ feedback/PUSCH:
终端设备用于发URLLC HARQ反馈的PUCCH资源和用于发eMBB HARQ反馈的PUCCH资源,或者和eMBB PUSCH资源在时域上冲突,低优先级的资源被drop。The PUCCH resource used by the terminal device to send URLLC HARQ feedback and the PUCCH resource used to send eMBB HARQ feedback, or the eMBB PUSCH resource collides with the eMBB PUSCH resource in the time domain, and the low-priority resource is dropped.
情况3:SL传输和UL传输(例如,SL的UL HARQ反馈)的冲突:Case 3: Collision of SL transmission and UL transmission (eg, UL HARQ feedback for SL):
V2X场景中,终端设备用于在SL传输中发送控制信息或数据的传输资源和用于UL传输的传输资源(例如,发SL的UL HARQ反馈的PUCCH资源)冲突,低优先级的资源被drop。In the V2X scenario, the transmission resources used by the terminal device to send control information or data in SL transmission conflict with the transmission resources used for UL transmission (for example, PUCCH resources for sending UL HARQ feedback of SL), and the low-priority resources are dropped .
情况4:SL HARQ反馈的接收资源和SL HARQ反馈的发送资源之间的冲突:Case 4: Conflict between the receiving resources of SL HARQ feedback and the transmitting resources of SL HARQ feedback:
V2X场景中,终端设备可以发送数据的同时接收数据,即同一终端设备可以既发送对接收的第一数据的HARQ反馈,又接收来自其余终端设备的对于第二数据的HARQ反馈。当终端设备用于发送HARQ反馈的PSFCH资源和用于接收HARQ反馈的PSFCH资源冲突,低优先级的资源被drop。其中,PSFCH为SL上的用于传输HARQ反馈的资源。In a V2X scenario, a terminal device can receive data while sending data, that is, the same terminal device can both send HARQ feedback for the received first data and receive HARQ feedback for the second data from other terminal devices. When the PSFCH resource used by the terminal device for sending HARQ feedback and the PSFCH resource used for receiving HARQ feedback collide, the resource with low priority is dropped. The PSFCH is a resource on the SL for transmitting HARQ feedback.
由上文介绍可知,现有的单播通信中,网络设备和终端设备之间是一对一通信,网络设备与终端设备的激活时间段是对齐的。以下介绍MBS相比于单播,影响DRX中激活时间段的区别点:It can be seen from the above description that in the existing unicast communication, there is one-to-one communication between the network device and the terminal device, and the activation time periods of the network device and the terminal device are aligned. The following introduces the differences between MBS and unicast, which affect the activation time period in DRX:
区别点1:对于ACK/NACK的情况,不同终端设备的反馈资源在时域上可能不对齐。Difference point 1: For the case of ACK/NACK, the feedback resources of different terminal devices may not be aligned in the time domain.
一种情况,终端设备如果使用MBS特定的PUCCH配置(PUCCH-Config),不同终端设备的PUCCH资源在时域上可能是slot内不对齐。In one case, if the terminal device uses the MBS-specific PUCCH configuration (PUCCH-Config), the PUCCH resources of different terminal devices may be misaligned within the slot in the time domain.
另一种情况,终端设备如果使用单播的PUCCH-Config,不同终端设备的PUCCH资源在时域上可能是slot间不对齐。这两种情况,不同终端设备的PUCCH在时域上位置不同,发送反馈的时间也就不同,所以不同终端设备启动或重启RTT定时器的时间不同,进而导致终端设备启动重传定时器的时间不同。In another case, if the terminal device uses the unicast PUCCH-Config, the PUCCH resources of different terminal devices may not be aligned between slots in the time domain. In these two cases, the PUCCH positions of different terminal devices are different in the time domain, and the time for sending feedback is also different. Therefore, the time for different terminal devices to start or restart the RTT timer is different, which leads to the time for the terminal device to start the retransmission timer. different.
区别点2:对于ACK/NACK、NACK only的情况,组播组内某个终端设备的PUCCH资源可能和该终端设备其他的PUCCH资源复用,或者和该终端设备的PUSCH资源进行随路。而组内别的终端设备不知道发生了随路或复用。此时该终端设备发送反馈的 时间与其他终端设备发送反馈的时间不同,所以启动或重启RTT定时器的时间不同,进而导致终端设备与其他终端设备启动重传定时器的时间不同。Difference 2: In the case of ACK/NACK and NACK only, the PUCCH resources of a terminal device in the multicast group may be multiplexed with other PUCCH resources of the terminal device, or associated with the PUSCH resources of the terminal device. However, other terminal devices in the group do not know that the associated channel or multiplexing has occurred. At this time, the time when the terminal device sends feedback is different from the time when other terminal devices send feedback, so the time for starting or restarting the RTT timer is different, which in turn causes the time when the terminal device and other terminal devices start the retransmission timer to be different.
区别点3:不同终端设备的接收状态不同,对于同一数据,有的终端设备接收后发送ACK,有的终端设备接收后发送NACK,导致不同终端设备启动或重启重传定时器的情况不同。Difference 3: The receiving status of different terminal devices is different. For the same data, some terminal devices send ACK after receiving, and some terminal devices send NACK after receiving, resulting in different situations in which different terminal devices start or restart the retransmission timer.
区别点4:用于传输HARQ反馈的传输可能被drop。HARQ反馈被drop后,终端设备不会启动或重启RTT定时器,因此若有的终端设备的HARQ反馈被drop,有的终端设备的HARQ的反馈正常传输,会导致不同终端设备启动或重启RTT定时器的情况不同,进而导致启动或重启重传定时器的情况不同。Difference point 4: The transmission used to transmit the HARQ feedback may be dropped. After the HARQ feedback is dropped, the terminal equipment will not start or restart the RTT timer. Therefore, if the HARQ feedback of some terminal equipment is dropped, and the HARQ feedback of some terminal equipment is transmitted normally, it will cause different terminal equipment to start or restart the RTT timing. The situation of the retransmission timer is different, which in turn leads to different situations in which the retransmission timer is started or restarted.
区别点5:对于支持NACK only的终端设备,终端设备接收数据成功时不发送ACK,仅在接收数据失败时发送NACK。所以支持NACK only的终端设备接收数据成功时不启动或重启RTT定时器,进而不会启动或重启重传定时器,导致不同终端设备启动或重启重传定时器的情况不同。Difference 5: For terminal devices that support NACK only, the terminal device does not send ACK when it successfully receives data, and only sends NACK when it fails to receive data. Therefore, a terminal device that supports NACK only does not start or restart the RTT timer when it successfully receives data, and then does not start or restart the retransmission timer, resulting in different situations in which different terminal devices start or restart the retransmission timer.
例如,MBS中,对于PTM传输,每一组组播业务对应一套DRX配置。For example, in MBS, for PTM transmission, each group of multicast services corresponds to a set of DRX configurations.
基于上文介绍的组播模式与单播模式的区别点,若将单播的DRX机制沿用到组播对应的DRX机制中,会导致不同终端设备的激活时间段无法对齐。Based on the differences between the multicast mode and the unicast mode described above, if the unicast DRX mechanism is applied to the DRX mechanism corresponding to the multicast, the activation time periods of different terminal devices will not be aligned.
进一步地,当组内终端设备的激活时间对不齐时,可能存在以下两种情况:Further, when the activation times of the terminal devices in the group are not aligned, the following two situations may exist:
情况一:组内所有终端设备的重传定时器的运行时间之间没有一个共同(common)的交集。Case 1: There is no common intersection between the running times of the retransmission timers of all terminal devices in the group.
因为没有共同的交集,网络设备无法在组内所有终端设备的重传定时器运行期间内通过一次PTM传输,使组内所有终端设备都能接收到发送的数据包。所以为了所有终端都能收到网络设备传输的数据,网络设备有两种可能的操作:Because there is no common intersection, the network device cannot pass a PTM transmission during the running period of the retransmission timers of all the terminal devices in the group, so that all the terminal devices in the group can receive the sent data packets. Therefore, in order for all terminals to receive the data transmitted by the network device, the network device has two possible operations:
可能操作一:网络设备在MBS组内所有终端设备的激活时间段的共同交集期间,通过PTM传输发送新传或重传数据包。Possible operation 1: The network device sends new or retransmitted data packets through PTM transmission during the common intersection of the activation time periods of all terminal devices in the MBS group.
因为本DRX周期内,组内终端设备的重传定时器运行期间没有共同的交集,为了实现PTM传输,网络设备需要将本应在本DRX周期的重传定时器运行期间发送的数据包,在下一个DRX周期,组内终端设备的激活时间段的共同交集(即on duration timer和inactivity timer运行期间)期间发送给终端设备。In this DRX cycle, there is no common intersection during the retransmission timers of the terminal devices in the group. In order to implement PTM transmission, the network device needs to send the data packets that should be sent during the retransmission timer of this DRX cycle to the next A DRX cycle is sent to the terminal device during the common intersection of the activation time periods of the terminal devices in the group (that is, during the operation of the on duration timer and the inactivity timer).
由上文描述可知,该可能操作中,因为本DRX周期内重传定时器控制的重传激活时间段对不齐,网络设备选择不在本DRX周期的重传激活段,而是在下一个DRX周期的激活时间内传输数据包,所以本DRX周期重传定时器的启动是无意义的,终端设备在重传激活时间段内执行了无意义的监听;导致费电,也会增加数据传输时延。It can be seen from the above description that in this possible operation, because the retransmission activation time period controlled by the retransmission timer in this DRX cycle is not aligned, the network device selects the retransmission activation segment that is not in this DRX cycle, but in the next DRX cycle. Therefore, the start of the retransmission timer in this DRX cycle is meaningless, and the terminal device performs meaningless monitoring during the retransmission activation time period; it will lead to power consumption and increase the data transmission delay. .
可能操作二:网络设备在组内终端设备的重传定时器运行期间内针对同一数据包执行多次PTM传输,以使所有终端设备都能在各自的激活时间段内接收同一数据包的至少一次PTM传输。Possible operation 2: The network device performs multiple PTM transmissions for the same data packet during the running period of the retransmission timer of the terminal devices in the group, so that all terminal devices can receive the same data packet at least once in their respective activation time periods PTM transmission.
因为没有共同的交集,为了组内所有终端设备都能在重传定时器运行期间接收到数据包,网络设备需要根据组内终端设备重传定时器运行时间的不同交集,在多个交集期间执行多次PTM传输。这种可能操作需要网络设备传输多次数据包,浪费通信资源。Because there is no common intersection, in order for all terminal devices in the group to receive data packets during the running time of the retransmission timer, the network device needs to perform execution during multiple intersection periods according to the different intersections of the running times of the retransmission timers of terminal devices in the group. Multiple PTM transfers. This possible operation requires the network device to transmit data packets multiple times, wasting communication resources.
情况二:组内所有终端设备的重传定时器的运行时间之间有一个共同的交集;Case 2: There is a common intersection between the running times of the retransmission timers of all terminal devices in the group;
该情况下,网络设备可以根据组内终端设备发送反馈信号的时间,确定RTT定时器的启动时间和重传定时器的启动时间,进而确定组内所有终端设备的重传定时器的运行时间的共同交集,并在该共同交集期间,执行PTM传输使组内所有终端设备能收到传输的数据包。但是,共同交集是根据组内所有终端设备的重传定时器运行时间确定的,对于每个终端设备,在共同交集之外的不同的重传时间,不可能接收到数据包,所以终端设备执行的监听是无意义的。例如,组内终端设备1的重传时间是1点至3点,终端设备2的重传时间是1点半至3点半,终端设备3的重传时间是2点至4点,确定出组内所有终端设备的重传时间的共同交集是2点至3点,那么对于终端设备1,1点至2点的重传时间执行的是无意义的监听,其余终端设备同理。In this case, the network device can determine the start time of the RTT timer and the start time of the retransmission timer according to the time when the terminal devices in the group send the feedback signal, and then determine the running time of the retransmission timers of all the terminal devices in the group. A common intersection is performed, and during the common intersection, PTM transmission is performed so that all terminal devices in the group can receive the transmitted data packets. However, the common intersection is determined according to the retransmission timer running time of all terminal devices in the group. For each terminal device, it is impossible to receive data packets at different retransmission times outside the common intersection, so the terminal device executes monitoring is meaningless. For example, the retransmission time of terminal device 1 in the group is from 1:00 to 3:00, the retransmission time of terminal device 2 is from 1:30 to 3:30, and the retransmission time of terminal device 3 is from 2:00 to 4:00. The common intersection of the retransmission times of all terminal devices in the group is 2:00 to 3:00, so for terminal device 1, the retransmission time from 1:00 to 2:00 is meaningless monitoring, and the same is true for other terminal devices.
所以,综上所述,DRX周期内,若一个MBS组内所有终端设备的重传激活时间段/激活时间对齐,对于网络设备,可以通过一次PTM传输,在重传激活时间段期间使所有终端设备能接收到发送的数据包,对于终端设备,在重传激活时间段的全部时间可能接收到数据包,不会有无意义的监听。而若DRX周期内一个MBS组内终端设备的所有终端设备的重传激活时间段/激活时间对不齐,网络设备传输数据的可能方式会导致上文介绍的不良效果。Therefore, to sum up, in the DRX cycle, if the retransmission activation time period/activation time of all terminal devices in an MBS group is aligned, for the network device, a PTM transmission can be used to enable all terminals during the retransmission activation time period. The device can receive the sent data packet, and for the terminal device, the data packet may be received at the full time of the retransmission active period, and there will be no meaningless monitoring. However, if the retransmission activation time period/activation time of all terminal devices in an MBS group in a DRX cycle is not aligned, the possible manner in which the network device transmits data may lead to the adverse effects described above.
需要说明的是,上述问题以MBS的场景为例进行说明,V2X中的问题与其类似,此处不不再过多介绍。It should be noted that the above problem is described by taking the MBS scenario as an example, and the problem in V2X is similar to that, and will not be described here.
因此,若将单播的DRX机制运用到MBS中,如何对齐不同的终端设备的激活时间,是目前亟待解决的问题。Therefore, if the unicast DRX mechanism is applied to the MBS, how to align the activation times of different terminal devices is an urgent problem to be solved at present.
进一步地,对于终端设备确定不传输HARQ反馈的多种情况,若将单播的DRX机制运用到上述多种情况中,终端设备不传输HARQ反馈便不会启动RTT定时器,进而不会启动或重启重传定时器监听,所以确定不传输HARQ反馈的终端设备,无法启动重传定时器进而在重传定时器运行期间接收新传或重传的数据包。因此有必要提供一种当终端设备确定不传输HARQ反馈时,能够使终端设备可以接收到后续应该在重传定时器运行期间传输的数据包的方案。Further, for various situations in which the terminal device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, if the unicast DRX mechanism is applied to the above-mentioned various situations, the terminal device will not start the RTT timer without transmitting HARQ feedback, and will not start or The monitoring of the retransmission timer is restarted, so the terminal device that determines not to transmit HARQ feedback cannot start the retransmission timer and then receive newly transmitted or retransmitted data packets during the running of the retransmission timer. Therefore, it is necessary to provide a solution that enables the terminal device to receive subsequent data packets that should be transmitted during the running of the retransmission timer when the terminal device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback.
为解决以上问题,本申请提出非连续接收控制方法、装置及系统,以解决如何对齐不同终端设备的激活时间段的问题。In order to solve the above problems, the present application proposes a discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system to solve the problem of how to align the activation time periods of different terminal devices.
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行描述。其中,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示前后关联的对象是一种“或”的关系,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;本申请中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。并且,在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。另外,为了便于清楚描述本申请实施例的技术方案,在本申请的实施例中,采用了“第一”、“第二”等字样对功能和作用基本相同的相同项或相似项进行区分。本领域技术人员可以理解“第一”、“第 二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。同时,在本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念,便于理解。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Wherein, in the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" indicates that the objects associated before and after are an "or" relationship, for example, A/B can indicate A or B; in this application, "and/or" "It is only an association relationship that describes an associated object, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A exists , B can be singular or plural. Also, in the description of the present application, unless stated otherwise, "plurality" means two or more than two. "At least one item(s) below" or similar expressions thereof refer to any combination of these items, including any combination of single item(s) or plural items(s). For example, at least one (a) of a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, a-b, a-c, b-c, or a-b-c, where a, b, c may be single or multiple . In addition, in order to clearly describe the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "first" and "second" are used to distinguish the same or similar items with basically the same function and effect. Those skilled in the art can understand that words such as "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and execution order, and the words "first" and "second" are not necessarily different. Meanwhile, in the embodiments of the present application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or illustrations. Any embodiments or designs described in the embodiments of the present application as "exemplary" or "such as" should not be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, the use of words such as "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the related concepts in a specific manner to facilitate understanding.
此外,本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。In addition, the network architecture and service scenarios described in the embodiments of the present application are for the purpose of illustrating the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application more clearly, and do not constitute limitations on the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application. With the evolution of the network architecture and the emergence of new service scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are also applicable to similar technical problems.
本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法可以适用于各种通信系统。例如,本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法可以应用于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,或者第五代(fifth-generation,5G)系统,或者其他面向未来的类似新系统,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。此外,术语“系统”可以和“网络”相互替换。The discontinuous reception control method provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to various communication systems. For example, the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or a fifth-generation (fifth-generation, 5G) system, or other future-oriented similar new systems. This is not specifically limited in the application examples. Furthermore, the term "system" can be used interchangeably with "network".
本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法可应用于NG-RAN(Next Generation Radio Access Networks,下一代无线接入网)系统。其中NG-RAN的总体架构如图2所示。其中,一个NG-RAN节点是可以是一个NR节点B(NR Node B,gNB),用于向终端设备提供NR用户面和控制面协议终端。或者,可以是一个下一代演进型节点B(next generation eNodeB,ng-eNB),用于向终端设备提供演进的全球陆地无线接入(evolved-universal terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)用户面和控制面协议终端。gNB和ng-eNB之间通过Xn接口相连,Xn接口为NG-RAN节点之间的网络接口。gNB或ng-eNB通过NG接口与5GC相连,NG接口为NG-RAN节点和5GC之间的接口。具体的,gNB或ng-eNB通过NG-C接口与访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)相连,通过NG-U接口与用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)相连。The discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a NG-RAN (Next Generation Radio Access Networks, next generation radio access network) system. The overall architecture of NG-RAN is shown in Figure 2. Wherein, an NG-RAN node may be an NR Node B (NR Node B, gNB), which is used to provide NR user plane and control plane protocol terminals to terminal equipment. Alternatively, it can be a next generation eNodeB (ng-eNB), which is used to provide an evolved-universal terrestrial radio access (E-UTRA) user plane and control to terminal equipment surface protocol terminal. The gNB and the ng-eNB are connected through the Xn interface, and the Xn interface is the network interface between the NG-RAN nodes. The gNB or ng-eNB is connected to the 5GC through the NG interface, which is the interface between the NG-RAN node and the 5GC. Specifically, the gNB or ng-eNB is connected to the access and mobility management function (AMF) through the NG-C interface, and is connected to the user plane function (UPF) through the NG-U interface.
如图3所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信系统30。该通信系统30包括第一通信装置40和第二通信装置50。应理解,图3仅是示例性的给出应用本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法的通信系统30的架构示意图,并不限定该通信系统30仅包括一个第一通信装置40或者一个第二通信装置50。换言之,该通信系统30可以包括多个第一通信装置40,和/或多个第二通信装置30,本申请不限定,在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 3 , a communication system 30 is provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication system 30 includes a first communication device 40 and a second communication device 50 . It should be understood that FIG. 3 is only an exemplary schematic diagram showing the architecture of the communication system 30 to which the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiments of the present application is applied, and it is not limited that the communication system 30 only includes a first communication device 40 or a first communication device 40. Two communication devices 50 . In other words, the communication system 30 may include a plurality of first communication apparatuses 40 and/or a plurality of second communication apparatuses 30, which are not limited in this application, and are described in a unified manner here, and will not be repeated below.
需要说明的是,图3仅是示意图,虽然未示出,但是该通信系统30中还可以包括其它网络设备,如该通信系统30还可以包括核心网设备、无线中继设备和无线回传设备中的一个或多个,在此不做具体限定。其中,网络设备可以通过无线或有线方式与核心网设备连接。核心网设备与网络设备40可以是独立的不同的物理设备,也可以是将核心网设备的功能与网络设备40的逻辑功能集成在同一个物理设备上,还可以是一个物理设备上集成了部分核心网设备的功能和部分的网络设备40的功能,本申请实施例对此不做具体限定。It should be noted that FIG. 3 is only a schematic diagram, although not shown, the communication system 30 may also include other network devices, for example, the communication system 30 may also include core network devices, wireless relay devices and wireless backhaul devices One or more of them are not specifically limited here. The network device may be connected to the core network device in a wireless or wired manner. The core network device and the network device 40 may be independent and different physical devices, or the functions of the core network device and the logical functions of the network device 40 may be integrated on the same physical device, or part of a physical device may be integrated. The functions of the core network device and the functions of part of the network device 40 are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
以图3所示的第一通信装置40与任一第二通信装置50进行交互为例,一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置40接收来自第二通信装置50的第一控制信息,第一控 制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置40接收来自第二通信装置50的第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置40接收来自第二通信装置50的第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度所述第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;第一通信装置40根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置40接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置40接收重传的数据前的时长。其中,该方案的具体实现将在后续方法实施例中详细描述,在此不予赘述。基于本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法,可以使接收数据的第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,相比于现有的DRX机制,可以对齐第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间,进而对齐不同通信装置的激活时间。Taking the interaction between the first communication device 40 and any second communication device 50 shown in FIG. 3 as an example, in a possible implementation manner, the first communication device 40 receives the first control information from the second communication device 50, The first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device 40 receives the first data from the second communication device 50, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device 40 receives first control information and first data from the second communication device 50, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, the first One piece of data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; the first communication device 40 starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device 40 The duration of receiving the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus 40 receives the retransmitted data. The specific implementation of the solution will be described in detail in the subsequent method embodiments, which will not be repeated here. Based on the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device that receives data can start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Compared with the existing DRX mechanism, it can align the The start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer, thereby aligning the activation times of different communication devices.
以第一通信装置40与任一第二通信装置50进行交互为例,一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置40接收来自第二通信装置50的第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置40接收来自第二通信装置50的第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置40接收来自第二通信装置50的第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;第一通信装置40根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置40接收重传的数据的时长。由于该方案中,第一通信装置40可以根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,可以理解的是,第一通信装置所在的组内,所有的通信装置同样根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,实现了通过控制第一定时器的时长对齐第一定时器的结束时间,进而对齐不同通信装置的激活结束时间。Taking the interaction between the first communication device 40 and any second communication device 50 as an example, in a possible implementation manner, the first communication device 40 receives the first control information from the second communication device 50, and the first control information uses For scheduling the first data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device 40 receives the first data from the second communication device 50, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted by multicast; or, the first communication device 40 receives first control information and first data from the second communication device 50, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or Data transmitted in a multicast mode; the first communication device 40 controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication device 40 to receive the retransmitted data. Since in this solution, the first communication device 40 can control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, it can be understood that in the group where the first communication device is located, all communication devices also control the first timing according to the first time By adjusting the duration of the first timer, the end time of the first timer is aligned by controlling the duration of the first timer, thereby aligning the activation end time of different communication devices.
以第一通信装置40与任一第二通信装置50进行交互为例,一种可能的实现方式中,第一通信装置40用于接收来自第二通信装置50的第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,第一通信装置40用于接收来自第二通信装置50的第一数据。第一通信装置40还用于确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联。第一通信装置40还用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置40接收第一数据的重传数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置40接收第一数据的重传数据前的时长。由于该方案中,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,还会根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,从而可以在第一定时器启动或重启期间接收数据,而现有技术中,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,因为不发送反馈信号所以不启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。所以该方案解决了现有技术中,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,无法接受到后续可能发送的数据的问题。Taking the interaction between the first communication device 40 and any second communication device 50 as an example, in a possible implementation manner, the first communication device 40 is configured to receive the first control information from the second communication device 50, and the first control The information is used to schedule the first data; and/or the first communication device 40 is used to receive the first data from the second communication device 50 . The first communication device 40 is further configured to determine not to transmit the first HARQ feedback, where the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data. The first communication device 40 is further configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device 40 to receive the retransmission data of the first data; The second timer is used to indicate the time period before the first communication apparatus 40 receives the retransmitted data of the first data. In this solution, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it will also start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, so that data can be received during the start or restart of the first timer, while In the prior art, after the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit the HARQ feedback, it does not start or restart the first timer or the second timer because the feedback signal is not sent. Therefore, this solution solves the problem in the prior art that after the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot receive data that may be sent subsequently.
可选的,本申请实施例中的第二通信装置可以为网络设备,网络设备是一种将终端设备接入到无线网络的设备,可以是基站(base station)、第四代移动通信技术(4th generation,4G)系统中的演进型基站(evolved NodeB,eNodeB)、发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP)、5G移动通信系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB)、未来移动通信系统中的基站或无线保真(wireless-fidelity,Wi-Fi) 系统中的接入节点,也包括传输节点、收发节点、中继设备,或者具备基站功能的小站或微型站等;也可以是完成基站部分功能的模块或单元,例如,可以是集中式单元(central unit,CU),也可以是分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)。本申请的实施例对网络设备所采用的具体技术和具体设备形态不做限定。在本申请中,如果无特殊说明,网络设备指无线接入网设备。Optionally, the second communication device in the embodiment of the present application may be a network device, and the network device is a device that accesses a terminal device to a wireless network, and may be a base station, a fourth-generation mobile communication technology ( Evolved NodeB (eNodeB), transmission reception point (TRP) in 4th generation, 4G) system, next generation NodeB (gNB) in 5G mobile communication system, future mobile communication system A base station in a wireless fidelity (wireless-fidelity, Wi-Fi) system, or an access node in a wireless-fidelity (Wi-Fi) system, also includes a transmission node, a transceiver node, a relay device, or a small station or micro station with base station functions; it can also be A module or unit that completes part of the functions of the base station, for example, can be a centralized unit (central unit, CU) or a distributed unit (distributed unit, DU). The embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific technology and specific device form adopted by the network device. In this application, unless otherwise specified, network equipment refers to wireless access network equipment.
可选的,本申请实施例中的第一通信装置或第二通信装置可以为终端设备,终端设备可以指接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、中继站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端(user terminal)、用户设备(User Equipment,UE)、终端(terminal)、无线通信设备、用户代理、用户装置、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、膝上型电脑、可穿戴设备、机器类型通信终端、未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的PLMN中的终端设备或者未来车联网中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。Optionally, the first communication device or the second communication device in this embodiment of the present application may be a terminal device, and the terminal device may refer to an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a relay station, a remote station, a remote station, Terminal, mobile device, user terminal (user terminal), user equipment (User Equipment, UE), terminal (terminal), wireless communication device, user agent, user equipment, cellular phone, cordless phone, session initiation protocol (session initiation protocol, SIP) telephones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communication capabilities, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices , laptop computer, wearable device, machine type communication terminal, terminal device in the future 5G network or terminal device in the future evolved PLMN or terminal device in the future Internet of Vehicles, etc. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this. .
下面将结合图1至图5对本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法进行具体阐述。The discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to FIG. 1 to FIG. 5 .
需要说明的是,本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。It should be noted that the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in the messages in the following embodiments of the present application are just an example, and other names may also be used in specific implementations, which are not specified in the embodiments of the present application. limited.
如图6所示,为本申请实施例提供的一种非连续接收控制方法,该非连续接收控制方法包括如下步骤S601-S602:As shown in FIG. 6, a discontinuous reception control method provided by an embodiment of the present application includes the following steps S601-S602:
S601、第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或,第一通信装置接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或,第一通信装置接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据。对应的,第二通信装置发送第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或,第二通信装置发送第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或,第二通信装置发送第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据。S601. The first communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device receives the first data, The first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device receives first control information and first data, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted by multicast. Correspondingly, the second communication device sends first control information, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the second communication device sends the first data , the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the second communication device sends first control information and first data, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted by multicast.
首先,为了方便理解,对步骤S601中一些概念进行说明。First, to facilitate understanding, some concepts in step S601 are described.
本申请实施例中,第一控制信息可以包括/理解为以下任一种或任几种:In this embodiment of the present application, the first control information may include/understand any one or several of the following:
(1)第一DCI。(1) First DCI.
在MBS场景中,第一控制信息可以为DCI。示例性的,第一DCI用于调度第一数据,第一数据为下行数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据。第一通信装置为终端设备,第二通信装置为网络设备。In the MBS scenario, the first control information may be DCI. Exemplarily, the first DCI is used to schedule first data, where the first data is downlink data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner. The first communication device is a terminal device, and the second communication device is a network device.
(2)第一SCI。(2) The first SCI.
在V2X场景中,第一控制信息可以为SCI。示例性的,第一SCI用于调度第一数据,第一数据为SL数据,第一数据为组播数据。第一通信装置和第二通信装置可以为终端设备。In a V2X scenario, the first control information may be SCI. Exemplarily, the first SCI is used to schedule first data, the first data is SL data, and the first data is multicast data. The first communication apparatus and the second communication apparatus may be terminal equipment.
需要说明的是,第一控制信息还可以替换为第二信息或第一DCI等,本申请并不限定,且第一控制信息可能随着通信系统的演进而改变,本申请并不限定其一定为DCI或SCI。It should be noted that the first control information can also be replaced by the second information or the first DCI, etc., which is not limited in this application, and the first control information may change with the evolution of the communication system, and this application does not limit its certain for DCI or SCI.
可选的,第一控制信息以单播方式传输,或者,第一控制信息以组播方式传输。Optionally, the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
例如,第一控制信息为第一DCI,第一DCI以单播方式传输,或第一DCI以组播方式传输。For example, the first control information is the first DCI, the first DCI is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first DCI is transmitted in a multicast manner.
以单播方式传输的第一控制信息或第一控制信息以单播方式传输可以包括/理解为以下任一种或任几种:The first control information transmitted in a unicast manner or the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner may include/understand any one or any of the following:
(1)第一控制信息在第一资源上传输,其中,第一资源为与单播关联的资源。(1) The first control information is transmitted on a first resource, where the first resource is a resource associated with unicast.
例如,第一资源为与单播关联的资源可以理解为:第一资源在单播对应的BWP内。For example, it may be understood that the first resource is a resource associated with unicast: the first resource is in a BWP corresponding to unicast.
例如,第一资源可以为PDCCH资源。For example, the first resource may be a PDCCH resource.
(2)第一控制信息通过第一RNTI加扰。(2) The first control information is scrambled by the first RNTI.
第一RNTI可以用于以下任一种或任多种:用于单播,用于调度动态资源,用于动态资源的重传资源,用于激活配置资源,用于重激活配置资源,用于去激活配置资源,用于调度配置资源的重传资源,用于加扰(例如,用于加扰PDCCH或PDSCH)。The first RNTI may be used for any one or more of the following: for unicast, for scheduling dynamic resources, for retransmission resources of dynamic resources, for activating configuration resources, for reactivating configuration resources, for Deactivation of configuration resources, retransmission resources used for scheduling configuration resources, used for scrambling (eg, for scrambling PDCCH or PDSCH).
示例性的,第一RNTI可以为C-RNTI、配置调度RNTI(configured scheduling RNTI,CS-RNTI)。Exemplarily, the first RNTI may be a C-RNTI, a configured scheduling RNTI (configured scheduling RNTI, CS-RNTI).
示例性的,第一控制信息可以理解为DCI。Exemplarily, the first control information may be understood as DCI.
在本申请中,DCI可以替换为PDCCH。PDCCH可以替换为DCI。In this application, DCI may be replaced by PDCCH. PDCCH can be replaced by DCI.
例如,以单播方式传输的第一控制信息可以为:通过C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH/DCI,或,通过C-RNTI加扰的PDCCH上传输的DCI。For example, the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner may be: PDCCH/DCI scrambled by C-RNTI, or DCI transmitted on PDCCH scrambled by C-RNTI.
可以理解的是,“第一通信装置接收以单播方式传输的第一控制信息”表示第一控制信息是针对该第一通信装置的,也就是说,该第一控制信息是特定发送给该第一通信装置的。It can be understood that "the first communication device receives the first control information transmitted in a unicast manner" indicates that the first control information is directed to the first communication device, that is, the first control information is specifically sent to the of the first communication device.
以组播方式传输的第一控制信息或第一控制信息以组播方式传输可以包括/理解为以下任一种或任几种:The first control information transmitted in a multicast manner or the first control information transmitted in a multicast manner may include/understand any one or any of the following:
(1)第一控制信息在第三资源上传输,其中,第三资源为与组播关联的资源。(1) The first control information is transmitted on a third resource, where the third resource is a resource associated with multicast.
第一资源为与组播关联的资源可以理解为:第三资源在组播对应的公共的频率资源内。It can be understood that the first resource is a resource associated with the multicast: the third resource is in the public frequency resource corresponding to the multicast.
例如,第三资源可以为PDCCH资源。For example, the third resource may be a PDCCH resource.
(2)第一控制信息通过第二RNTI加扰。(2) The first control information is scrambled by the second RNTI.
例如,以组播方式传输的第一控制信息可以为:通过G-RNTI加扰的PDCCH/DCI,或,通过G-RNTI加扰的PDCCH上传输的DCI。For example, the first control information transmitted in a multicast manner may be: PDCCH/DCI scrambled by G-RNTI, or DCI transmitted on PDCCH scrambled by G-RNTI.
可以理解的是,“第一通信装置接收以组播方式传输的第一控制信息”表示第一控制信息是针对多个通信装置的,也就是说,该第一控制信息是发送给该组播对应的多个通信装置的。It can be understood that "the first communication device receives the first control information transmitted by multicast" means that the first control information is directed to multiple communication devices, that is, the first control information is sent to the multicast corresponding to multiple communication devices.
第一数据为以组播方式传输的数据可以包括/替换/理解为:第一数据以组播方式传输。The fact that the first data is data transmitted in a multicast manner may include/replace/understand that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
第一数据为以组播方式传输的数据可以包括/理解为以下任一种或任几种:The first data is data transmitted in a multicast manner, which may include/understand any one or any of the following:
(1)第一数据在第二资源上传输,其中,第二资源为与组播关联的资源。(1) The first data is transmitted on the second resource, where the second resource is a resource associated with multicast.
第二资源为与组播关联的资源可以理解为:第二资源在组播对应的公共的频率资源内,或,第二资源为与组播对应的SPS资源。It can be understood that the second resource is a resource associated with the multicast: the second resource is in a common frequency resource corresponding to the multicast, or the second resource is an SPS resource corresponding to the multicast.
与组播对应的SPS资源可以理解为组播对应的公共的SPS资源(例如,PDSCH资源)。可以理解的是,对于接收组播的通信装置可以在与组播对应的SPS资源上接收数据。The SPS resource corresponding to the multicast may be understood as the public SPS resource (eg, PDSCH resource) corresponding to the multicast. It can be understood that, for the communication device that receives the multicast, data can be received on the SPS resource corresponding to the multicast.
示例性的,第一通信装置可以通过广播消息(例如,系统信息、组播控制信道(Multicast Control Channel,MCCH)消息)、无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)消息(例如,专有RRC消息)、媒体接入控制(Medium Access Control,MAC)消息(例如,MAC控制消息(Control Element,CE))、物理层消息(例如,DCI)、预配置中的任一项或多项获取SPS资源的配置或获取SPS资源/SPS资源的配置与组播之间的对应关系。Exemplarily, the first communication device may use a broadcast message (for example, system information, a Multicast Control Channel (MCCH) message), a Radio Resource Control (Radio Resource Control, RRC) message (for example, a dedicated RRC message) ), medium access control (Medium Access Control, MAC) message (for example, MAC control message (Control Element, CE)), physical layer message (for example, DCI), any one or more of pre-configuration to obtain SPS resources configuration or obtain the corresponding relationship between the configuration of SPS resources/SPS resources and multicast.
例如,通信装置获取SPS的配置后,可能需要激活(例如,通过物理层消息/DCI激活)才能使用该资源接收数据;也可能可以直接使用该资源接收数据(即,不需要激活)。For example, after the communication device acquires the configuration of the SPS, it may need to be activated (eg, activated through a physical layer message/DCI) to receive data using the resource; it may also directly use the resource to receive data (ie, no activation is required).
组播对应的公共的频率资源可以理解为:组播对应的BWP,或,组播对应的频率范围。The public frequency resource corresponding to the multicast can be understood as: the BWP corresponding to the multicast, or the frequency range corresponding to the multicast.
例如,第二资源可以为PDSCH资源。For example, the second resource may be a PDSCH resource.
(2)第一数据通过第二RNTI加扰。(2) The first data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
第二RNTI可以用于以下任一种或任多种:用于组播,用于调度动态资源,用于动态资源的重传资源,用于激活配置资源,用于重激活配置资源,用于去激活配置资源,用于调度配置资源的重传资源,用于加扰(例如,用于加扰PDCCH或PDSCH)。The second RNTI can be used for any one or more of the following: for multicast, for scheduling dynamic resources, for retransmission resources of dynamic resources, for activating configuration resources, for reactivating configuration resources, for Deactivation of configuration resources, retransmission resources used for scheduling configuration resources, used for scrambling (eg, for scrambling PDCCH or PDSCH).
示例性的,第二RNTI可以为G-RNTI。Exemplarily, the second RNTI may be a G-RNTI.
例如,第一数据可以为组播数据。For example, the first data may be multicast data.
例如,第一数据可以为新传数据和/或重传数据。For example, the first data may be newly transmitted data and/or retransmitted data.
例如,以组播方式传输第一数据可以为:通过G-RNTI加扰的PDSCH,或,通过G-RNTI加扰的PDSCH上传输的数据:或,通过G-RNTI加扰的数据。For example, transmitting the first data in a multicast manner may be: PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI, or data transmitted on PDSCH scrambled by G-RNTI: or, data scrambled by G-RNTI.
可以理解的是,“第一数据为以组播方式传输的数据”表示第一数据可能不是仅针对该第一通信装置的,也就是说,该第一数据可能不是仅特定发送给该第一通信装置的。例如,多个通信装置可以接收以组播方式传输的第一数据,其中,多个通信装置可能是对该第一数据感兴趣的通信装置,或者,是与第一通信装置属于同一个组播组/组播的通信装置。It can be understood that "the first data is data transmitted in a multicast manner" means that the first data may not be directed only to the first communication device, that is, the first data may not be specifically sent to the first communication device. of communication devices. For example, multiple communication apparatuses may receive the first data transmitted in a multicast manner, wherein the multiple communication apparatuses may be communication apparatuses interested in the first data, or may belong to the same multicast as the first communication apparatus Group/multicast communication device.
可以理解的是,因为第一通信装置接收以组播方式传输的第一数据,可见第二通信装置发送给多个通信装置的第一数据是相同的。多个通信装置接收的第一数据是相同的。It can be understood that, because the first communication apparatus receives the first data transmitted in the multicast manner, it can be seen that the first data sent by the second communication apparatus to the multiple communication apparatuses are the same. The first data received by the plurality of communication devices are the same.
第一数据为组播数据可以包括/理解为以下任一种或任几种:The first data being multicast data may include/understand any one or any of the following:
(1)第一数据在第二资源上传输,其中,第二资源为与组播关联的资源。(1) The first data is transmitted on the second resource, where the second resource is a resource associated with multicast.
(2)第一数据通过第二RNTI加扰。(2) The first data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
例如,第一数据可以为C+G传输方式传输的数据,也可以为G+G传输方式传输的数据。For example, the first data may be data transmitted in a C+G transmission manner, or may be data transmitted in a G+G transmission manner.
(3)第一控制信息指示第一数据为组播数据,或,第一控制信息指示第一控制信息对应的传输为组播(传输)。(3) The first control information indicates that the first data is multicast data, or the first control information indicates that the transmission corresponding to the first control information is multicast (transmission).
例如,第一SCI指示第一数据为组播数据,或第一SCI指示第一SCI对应的传输为组播(传输)。For example, the first SCI indicates that the first data is multicast data, or the first SCI indicates that the transmission corresponding to the first SCI is multicast (transmission).
例如,第一数据为下行数据时,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据。For example, when the first data is downlink data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner.
例如,第一数据为SL数据时,第一数据为组播数据。For example, when the first data is SL data, the first data is multicast data.
第一控制信息用于调度以组播方式传输的第一数据可以包括/理解为以下任一项或多项:The first control information used to schedule the first data transmitted in a multicast manner may include/understand any one or more of the following:
(1)第一控制信息指示第一数据以组播方式传输。(1) The first control information indicates that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
第一控制信息指示第一数据以组播方式传输包括以下任一项或多项:第一控制信息的格式/第一控制信息的加扰信息/第一控制信息内的指示信息(例如,某个或多个字段)指示第一数据以组播方式传输。The first control information indicating that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner includes any one or more of the following: the format of the first control information/scramble information of the first control information/indication information in the first control information (for example, a certain field) indicates that the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner.
第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,根据第一控制信息的格式/第一控制信息的加扰信息/第一控制信息内的指示信息(例如,某个或多个字段),确定第一数据以组播方式传输。The first communication device receives the first control information, and determines the first data according to the format of the first control information/scrambled information of the first control information/indication information (for example, one or more fields) in the first control information transmitted by multicast.
(2)第一控制信息指示第一数据通过第二RNTI加扰。(2) The first control information indicates that the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
第一控制信息指示第一数据通过第二RNTI加扰包括以下任一项或多项:第一控制信息的格式/第一控制信息内的指示信息(例如,某个或多个字段)指示第一数据通过第二RNTI加扰。The first control information indicating that the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI includes any one or more of the following: the format of the first control information/indication information (for example, one or more fields) in the first control information indicates that the first data is scrambled by the second RNTI. A data is scrambled by the second RNTI.
例如,第一控制信息指示第一数据通过G-RNTI1加扰。For example, the first control information indicates that the first data is scrambled by G-RNTI1.
(3)第一控制信息指示第一数据为组播(业务)1对应的数据。(3) The first control information indicates that the first data is data corresponding to multicast (service) 1 .
第一控制信息指示第一数据为组播(业务)1对应的数据包括以下任一项或多项:第一控制信息的格式/第一控制信息内的指示信息(例如,某个或多个字段)指示第一数据为组播(业务)1对应的数据。The first control information indicates that the first data is multicast (service) 1. The data corresponding to 1 includes any one or more of the following: the format of the first control information/indication information in the first control information (for example, one or more field) indicates that the first data is data corresponding to multicast (service) 1.
可以理解的是,第一通信装置获取组播(业务)1和G-RNTI1之间的对应关系,知道利用G-RNTI1接收第一数据。It can be understood that the first communication apparatus acquires the correspondence between the multicast (service) 1 and the G-RNTI1, and knows that the G-RNTI1 is used to receive the first data.
(4)第一控制信息用于调度第一数据。(4) The first control information is used to schedule the first data.
第一控制信息指示第一数据所在的资源位置和/或解码第一数据所需的信息。例如,时域资源和/或频域资源、调制编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS)、HARQ进程标识(HARQ process ID)、新数据指示符(new data indicator,NDI)、SL进程标识等。The first control information indicates a resource location where the first data is located and/or information required for decoding the first data. For example, time domain resources and/or frequency domain resources, modulation and coding scheme (modulation and coding scheme, MCS), HARQ process ID (HARQ process ID), new data indicator (new data indicator, NDI), SL process ID, etc.
(5)第一控制信息指示下行传输。(5) The first control information indicates downlink transmission.
该下行传输可以理解为第一数据,例如,下行传输为PDSCH,第一控制信息为通 过G-RNTI加扰的PDCCH/DCI。The downlink transmission can be understood as the first data, for example, the downlink transmission is PDSCH, and the first control information is PDCCH/DCI scrambled by G-RNTI.
可以理解的是,多个通信装置可能接收不同的PDCCH/DCI(例如,不同的通信装置接收的PDCCH/DCI通过每个通信装置对应的C-RNTI加扰),该不同的PDCCH/DCI调度相同的PDSCH/数据。It can be understood that multiple communication apparatuses may receive different PDCCH/DCI (for example, the PDCCH/DCI received by different communication apparatuses are scrambled by the C-RNTI corresponding to each communication apparatus), and the different PDCCH/DCI scheduling is the same. PDSCH/Data.
示例性的,第一通信装置接收C-RNTI加扰的DCI/PDCCH,该DCI/PDCCH调度以G-RNTI加扰的PDSCH/数据。Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus receives the DCI/PDCCH scrambled with the C-RNTI, and the DCI/PDCCH schedules the PDSCH/data scrambled with the G-RNTI.
示例性的,第一通信装置接收G-RNTI加扰的DCI/PDCCH,该DCI/PDCCH调度以G-RNTI加扰的PDSCH/数据。Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus receives the G-RNTI scrambled DCI/PDCCH, and the DCI/PDCCH schedules the G-RNTI scrambled PDSCH/data.
示例性的,第一通信装置接收G-RNTI加扰的PDSCH/数据。Exemplarily, the first communication apparatus receives the G-RNTI scrambled PDSCH/data.
可选的,第一数据与组播、第一组播、第一业务、第二RNTI中的任一项或多项相关联。Optionally, the first data is associated with any one or more of multicast, first multicast, first service, and second RNTI.
第一业务可以包括以下任一项或多项:组播业务、第一组播业务。The first service may include any one or more of the following: a multicast service and a first multicast service.
组播、第一组播、第一业务中的任一项或多项与第二RNTI相关联。Any one or more of the multicast, the first multicast, and the first service are associated with the second RNTI.
组播关联的DRX可以理解/替换为以下任一项或多项:第一组播关联的DRX、第一业务关联的DRX、第二RNTI关联的DRX。The DRX associated with the multicast may be understood/replaced with any one or more of the following: the DRX associated with the first multicast, the DRX associated with the first service, and the DRX associated with the second RNTI.
例如,组播关联的DRX/第一组播关联的DRX可以为与第一源ID+第一目的ID关联的DRX。For example, the DRX associated with the multicast/the DRX associated with the first multicast may be the DRX associated with the first source ID+the first destination ID.
例如,组播关联的DRX/第一组播关联的DRX可以为与第一源ID+第一目的ID+通信类型关联的DRX。For example, the DRX associated with the multicast/the DRX associated with the first multicast may be the DRX associated with the first source ID+the first destination ID+communication type.
其中,第一源ID和第一目的ID与组播或第一组播相关联。Wherein, the first source ID and the first destination ID are associated with the multicast or the first multicast.
通信类型包括单播、组播、广播中的任一项或多项。例如,通信类型为组播。Communication types include any one or more of unicast, multicast, and broadcast. For example, the communication type is multicast.
可选的,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置可以包括/替换/理解为以下任一项或多项:第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)中的通信装置,第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)对应的组中的通信装置,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)的通信装置,对第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)感兴趣的通信装置,接收组播、第一组播、第一业务、第二RNTI中的任一项或多项对应的数据的通信装置,对组播、第一组播、第一业务、第二RNTI中的任一项或多项对应的数据感兴趣的通信装置,对组播、第一组播、第一业务、第二RNTI中的任一项或多项感兴趣的通信装置,属于/位于组播、第一组播、第一业务、第二RNTI中的任一项或多项对应的组的通信装置。Optionally, the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may include/replace/understand as any one or more of the following: multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI The communication device in, the communication device in the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, receives the communication of the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI A device, a communication device interested in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, receives any one or more of the multicast, the first multicast, the first service, and the second RNTI A communication device for corresponding data, a communication device interested in data corresponding to any one or more of multicast, first multicast, first service, and second RNTI, and a communication device for multicast, first multicast, first A communication device interested in any one or more of a service and a second RNTI, belonging to/located in a group corresponding to any one or more of the multicast, the first multicast, the first service, and the second RNTI communication device.
S602、第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器(或第一定时器的时长)用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器(或第二定时器的时长)用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。S602. The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer (or the duration of the first timer) is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data duration; the second timer (or the duration of the second timer) is used to indicate the duration before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
首先,为了方便理解,对步骤S602中一些概念进行说明。First, to facilitate understanding, some concepts in step S602 are described.
用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长可以包括/理解为以下任一项或多项:用于指示第一通信装置接收到/接收重传的数据(例如,DL数据或SL数据)前的时长(例如,最小时长),用于指示第一通信装置期望接收到/接收重传的数据(例如,DL数据或SL数据)前的时长(例如,最小时长),用于指示第一通信装置接收到/接收重传的数据(例如,DL数据或SL数据)前等待的时长(例如,最小时长), 用于指示第一通信装置期望接收到/接收重传的数据(例如,DL数据或SL数据)前等待的时长(例如,最小时长)。The length of time before instructing the first communication device to receive retransmitted data may include/understand as any one or more of the following: for instructing the first communication device to receive/receive retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data) The duration (eg, the minimum duration) before the data), which is used to indicate the duration (eg, the minimum duration) before the first communication device expects to receive/receive the retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data), which is used to indicate The duration (eg, the minimum duration) to wait before the first communication device receives/receives retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data), used to indicate that the first communication device expects to receive/receive retransmitted data (eg, , DL data or SL data) to wait (eg, minimum time).
例如,第一数据与第一HARQ进程相关联。For example, the first data is associated with the first HARQ process.
例如,第一定时器与第二HARQ进程相关联。For example, the first timer is associated with the second HARQ process.
例如,第二定时器与第三HARQ进程相关联。For example, the second timer is associated with the third HARQ process.
可以理解的,第一HARQ进程和第二HARQ进程可以理解为同一个HARQ进程或相关联的两个HARQ进程。It can be understood that the first HARQ process and the second HARQ process can be understood as the same HARQ process or two associated HARQ processes.
可以理解的,第一HARQ进程和第三HARQ进程可以理解为同一个HARQ进程或相关联的两个HARQ进程。It can be understood that the first HARQ process and the third HARQ process can be understood as the same HARQ process or two associated HARQ processes.
可以理解的,第二HARQ进程和第三HARQ进程可以理解为同一个HARQ进程或相关联的两个HARQ进程。It can be understood that the second HARQ process and the third HARQ process can be understood as the same HARQ process or two associated HARQ processes.
用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长可以包括/理解为:用于指示第一通信装置接收到/接收重传的数据(例如,DL数据或SL数据)的时长(例如,最大时长)。The duration for instructing the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data may include/understand as: the duration (eg, the maximum duration for instructing the first communication device to receive/receive the retransmitted data (eg, DL data or SL data)) duration).
第一定时器为与组播关联的DRX对应的定时器。The first timer is a timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
示例性的,第一定时器可以理解为重传定时器,或,与组播关联的DRX对应的重传定时器。Exemplarily, the first timer may be understood as a retransmission timer, or a retransmission timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
第二定时器为与组播关联的DRX对应的定时器。The second timer is a timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
示例性的,第二定时器可以理解为RTT定时器,或,与组播关联的DRX对应的RTT定时器。Exemplarily, the second timer may be understood as an RTT timer, or an RTT timer corresponding to the DRX associated with the multicast.
综上,第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,可以理解的是,第一时间是接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置的一个约定时间,第一时间确定后,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置(例如,部分或全部通信装置)会根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,因此,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同的通信装置的第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间是对齐的。又因为第一定时器或第二定时器的时长是一定的,所以接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同的通信装置的第一定时器或第二定时器的结束时间也是对齐的,进而可以使接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同的通信装置的激活时间可以对齐。该方法考虑了可能发生的复用和随路的问题,使接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同的通信装置的激活时间可以对齐。进而避免了第一通信装置由于处于睡眠态而接收不到第二通信装置发送的数据(例如,重传数据或新传数据),提高了数据接收的可靠性。同时避免了第一通信装置进行无意义的监听,有利于第一通信装置的节能。降低了通信时延。To sum up, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. It can be understood that the first time is an agreement of the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI time. After the first time is determined, the communication device (for example, some or all of the communication devices) that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI will start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Therefore, , the start or restart times of the first timer or the second timer of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are aligned. And because the duration of the first timer or the second timer is fixed, the end times of the first timer or the second timer of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are also aligned. , so that the activation times of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be aligned. The method takes into account the possible multiplexing and path-association problems, so that the activation times of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be aligned. Further, it is avoided that the first communication device cannot receive the data (for example, retransmitted data or newly transmitted data) sent by the second communication device because the first communication device is in a sleep state, and the reliability of data reception is improved. At the same time, meaningless monitoring by the first communication device is avoided, which is beneficial to the energy saving of the first communication device. Reduced communication delay.
步骤S602中,第一通信装置为了根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,需要确定第一时间。以下以方案一~四为例,对第一通信装置确定第一时间的方案进行介绍。In step S602, in order to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, the first communication device needs to determine the first time. The solution for determining the first time by the first communication device is introduced below by taking solutions one to four as examples.
方案一、第一时间可以包括:第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;或,第一传输 资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后;或者,第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后。 Solution 1. The first time may include: the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource; or, the first time includes the time domain of the first feedback resource. The xth time domain resource after or before the domain position or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or After the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource.
例如,x为大于或等于1的正整数。For example, x is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
例如,y为大于或等于1的正整数。For example, y is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。Wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
可选的,第一反馈资源可以为第一通信装置针对第一数据向第二通信装置发送反馈的资源。Optionally, the first feedback resource may be a resource for the first communication apparatus to send feedback for the first data to the second communication apparatus.
可以理解的是,第一反馈资源可以是其他通信装置对应的反馈资源。其中该其他通信装置不是第一通信装置。例如,该其他通信可以为接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置。It can be understood that, the first feedback resource may be feedback resources corresponding to other communication apparatuses. Wherein the other communication device is not the first communication device. For example, the other communication may be a communication device that receives data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
一种可能的实现,第一通信装置为终端设备,第二通信装置为网络设备,第一反馈资源可以为PUCCH资源,该实现可以应用于MBS场景。In a possible implementation, the first communication device is a terminal device, the second communication device is a network device, and the first feedback resource may be a PUCCH resource, and this implementation may be applied to an MBS scenario.
另一种可能的实现,第一通信装置为终端设备,第二通信装置为终端设备,第一反馈资源可以为PSFCH资源,该实现可以应用于V2X场景。In another possible implementation, the first communication device is a terminal device, the second communication device is a terminal device, and the first feedback resource may be a PSFCH resource, and this implementation may be applied to a V2X scenario.
其中,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。一种可能的实现,第一通信装置为终端设备,第二通信装置为网络设备,第一传输资源可以为PDCCH资源或者PDSCH资源,该实现可以应用于MBS场景。The first transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data. In a possible implementation, the first communication device is a terminal device, the second communication device is a network device, and the first transmission resource may be a PDCCH resource or a PDSCH resource, and this implementation may be applied to an MBS scenario.
另一种可能的实现,第一通信装置为终端设备,第二通信装置为终端设备,第一传输资源可以为物理侧行链路共享信道(Physical sidelink shared channel,PSSCH)或物理侧行链路控制信道(Physical sidelink control channel,PSCCH)资源,该实现可以应用于V2X场景。In another possible implementation, the first communication device is a terminal device, the second communication device is a terminal device, and the first transmission resource may be a physical sidelink shared channel (PSSCH) or a physical sidelink Control channel (Physical sidelink control channel, PSCCH) resource, this implementation can be applied to V2X scenarios.
方案一中,第一通信装置需要获取第一反馈资源的时域位置来确定第一时间,以下进行详细介绍。In the first solution, the first communication device needs to obtain the time domain position of the first feedback resource to determine the first time, which will be described in detail below.
首先,为了方便理解,对方案一中一些概念进行说明。First of all, for the convenience of understanding, some concepts in the scheme 1 are explained.
本申请中,“第一反馈资源的时域位置”可以理解/替换为:第一反馈资源。In this application, "the time domain position of the first feedback resource" can be understood/replaced as: the first feedback resource.
可选的,第一反馈资源的时域位置可以包括/理解/替换为:第一反馈资源在时域上的开始位置(例如,开始时间/时刻)或结束位置(例如,结束时间/时刻)或中间位置(例如,中间时间/时刻)。例如,第一反馈资源的时域位置可以包括/理解/替换为:第一反馈资源的开始时间(例如,开始时刻)或结束时间(例如,结束时刻)或中间时间(例如,中间时刻)。示例性的,如图7a所示,第一反馈资源在时域上对应的是一段时间。因此,第一反馈资源的时域位置,可以包括第一反馈资源对应的时间段中,任意一个时间点或任意一个时间段(例如,任意一个更小的时间段)。例如,第一反馈资源的时域位置可以指:开始位置或结束位置。Optionally, the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace with: a start position (for example, a start time/moment) or an end position (for example, an end time/moment) of the first feedback resource in the time domain or an intermediate location (eg, an intermediate time/moment). For example, the temporal location of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace: the start time (eg, start time) or end time (eg, end time) or intermediate time (eg, middle time) of the first feedback resource. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 7a, the first feedback resource corresponds to a period of time in the time domain. Therefore, the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include any time point or any time period (for example, any smaller time period) in the time period corresponding to the first feedback resource. For example, the time domain position of the first feedback resource may refer to a start position or an end position.
可选的,第一反馈资源的时域位置可以包括/理解/替换为:第一反馈资源所在的超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位中的任一项或多项;或,第一反馈资源在时域上的开始位置(例如,开始时间/时刻)或结束位置(例如,结束时间/时刻)或中间位置(例如,中间时间/时刻)所在的超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位中的任一项或多项,或,第一反馈资源的开始时间(例如,开始 时刻)或结束时间(例如,结束时刻)或中间时间(例如,中间时刻)所在的超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位中的任一项或多项。可以理解的是,第一反馈资源的时域位置可以包括:超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位粒度的第一反馈资源的时域位置。Optionally, the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace with: any superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, or any other time domain unit where the first feedback resource is located. One or more items; or, the start position (eg, start time/moment), end position (eg, end time/moment), or middle position (eg, middle time/moment) of the first feedback resource in the time domain Any one or more of superframes, frames, subframes, time slots, subslots, symbols, and other time domain units, or, the start time (for example, start time) or end time ( For example, the end time) or any one or more of the superframe, frame, subframe, slot, subslot, symbol, other time domain unit at which the intermediate time (eg, the intermediate time) is located. It can be understood that the time domain position of the first feedback resource may include: superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, and time domain position of the first feedback resource with granularity of other time domain units.
例如,如图8所示,以一个帧包含10个时隙(图8中未完全示出),一个时隙包含14个符号为例进行说明。第一反馈资源位于帧a的时隙n的符号2到4,第一反馈资源的时域位置可以包括:帧a,或,时隙n,或,帧a的时隙n,或,符号2,或,符号3,或,符号4,或,时隙n的符号4,或,帧a的时隙n的符号4,或,符号2到4,或,符号2到3等。For example, as shown in FIG. 8 , a frame includes 10 time slots (not fully shown in FIG. 8 ), and one time slot includes 14 symbols as an example for description. The first feedback resource is located in symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n of frame a, and the time domain location of the first feedback resource may include: frame a, or, time slot n, or, time slot n of frame a, or, symbol 2 , or, symbol 3, or, symbol 4, or, symbol 4 of slot n, or, symbol 4 of slot n of frame a, or, symbols 2 to 4, or, symbols 2 to 3, etc.
本申请实施例中,第一反馈资源的时域位置前可以理解为在第一反馈资源时域位置前的时域位置。第一反馈资源的时域位置后可以理解为在第一反馈资源时域位置后的时域位置。例如,第一反馈资源的时域位置为时隙n的符号2到4,第一反馈资源前可以包括时隙n的符号1或时隙n-1,第一反馈资源后可以包括符号5或时隙n+1。本申请实施例并不限定第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置前或后的情况下,第一时间的时域单位粒度。In this embodiment of the present application, the time domain position before the first feedback resource may be understood as the time domain position before the time domain position of the first feedback resource. The time domain position of the first feedback resource can be understood as the time domain position after the time domain position of the first feedback resource. For example, the time domain positions of the first feedback resource are symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n, the first feedback resource may include symbol 1 of time slot n or time slot n-1 before the first feedback resource, and the symbol 5 or time slot n-1 may be included after the first feedback resource. Slot n+1. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the time-domain unit granularity of the first time when the first time includes before or after the time-domain position of the first feedback resource.
本申请中,“第一传输资源的时域位置”可以理解/替换为:第一传输资源。In this application, "the time domain position of the first transmission resource" can be understood/replaced as: the first transmission resource.
可选的,第一传输资源的时域位置可以包括/理解/替换为:第一传输资源在时域上的开始位置(例如,开始时间/时刻)或结束位置(例如,结束时间/时刻)或中间位置(例如,中间时间/时刻)。例如,第一传输资源的时域位置可以包括/理解/替换为:第一传输资源的开始时间(例如,开始时刻)或结束时间(例如,结束时刻)或中间时间(例如,中间时刻)。示例性的,如图7b所示,第一传输资源在时域上对应的是一段时间。因此,第一传输资源的时域位置,可以包括第一传输资源对应的时间段中,任意一个时间点或任意一个时间段(例如,任意一个更小的时间段)。例如,第一传输资源的时域位置可以指:开始位置或结束位置。Optionally, the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include/understand/replace with: a start position (for example, a start time/moment) or an end position (for example, an end time/moment) of the first transmission resource in the time domain or an intermediate location (eg, an intermediate time/moment). For example, the time domain location of the first transmission resource may include/understand/replace: the start time (eg, start time) or end time (eg, end time) or intermediate time (eg, middle time) of the first transmission resource. Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 7b, the first transmission resource corresponds to a period of time in the time domain. Therefore, the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include any time point or any time period (for example, any smaller time period) in the time period corresponding to the first transmission resource. For example, the time domain position of the first transmission resource may refer to a start position or an end position.
可选的,第一传输资源的时域位置可以包括/理解/替换为:第一传输资源所在的超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位中的任一项或多项;或,第一传输资源在时域上的开始位置(例如,开始时间/时刻)或结束位置(例如,结束时间/时刻)或中间位置(例如,中间时间/时刻)所在的超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位中的任一项或多项,或,第一传输资源的开始时间(例如,开始时刻)或结束时间(例如,结束时刻)或中间时间(例如,中间时刻)所在的超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位中的任一项或多项。可以理解的是,第一传输资源的时域位置可以包括:超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他时域单位粒度的第一传输资源的时域位置。Optionally, the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include/understand/replace with: any superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, or any other time domain unit where the first transmission resource is located. One or more items; or, the start position (for example, the start time/moment), the end position (for example, the end time/moment), or the middle position (for example, the middle time/moment) of the first transmission resource in the time domain Any one or more of superframes, frames, subframes, time slots, subslots, symbols, and other time domain units, or, the start time (eg, start time) or end time ( For example, the end time) or any one or more of the superframe, frame, subframe, slot, subslot, symbol, other time domain unit at which the intermediate time (eg, the intermediate time) is located. It can be understood that the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include: superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, and time domain position of the first transmission resource with granularity of other time domain units.
例如,如图8所示,以一个帧包含10个时隙,一个时隙包含14个符号为例进行说明。第一传输资源位于帧a的时隙n的符号2到4,第一传输资源的时域位置可以包括:帧a,或,时隙n,或,帧a的时隙n,或,符号2,或,符号3,或,符号4,或,时隙n的符号4,或,帧a的时隙n的符号4,或,符号2到4,或,符号2到3等。For example, as shown in FIG. 8 , a frame includes 10 time slots and one time slot includes 14 symbols as an example for description. The first transmission resource is located in symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n of frame a, and the time domain position of the first transmission resource may include: frame a, or, time slot n, or, time slot n of frame a, or, symbol 2 , or, symbol 3, or, symbol 4, or, symbol 4 of slot n, or, symbol 4 of slot n of frame a, or, symbols 2 to 4, or, symbols 2 to 3, etc.
本申请实施例中,第一传输资源的时域位置前可以理解为在第一传输资源时域位 置前的时域位置。第一传输资源的时域位置后可以理解为在第一传输资源时域位置后的时域位置。例如,第一传输资源的时域位置为时隙n的符号2到4,第一传输资源前可以包括时隙n的符号1或时隙n-1,第一传输资源后可以包括符号5或时隙n+1。本申请实施例并不限定第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置前或后的情况下,第一时间的时域单位粒度。In the embodiment of the present application, the time domain position before the first transmission resource may be understood as the time domain position before the time domain position of the first transmission resource. The time domain position of the first transmission resource can be understood as the time domain position after the time domain position of the first transmission resource. For example, the time domain position of the first transmission resource is symbols 2 to 4 of time slot n, the first transmission resource may include symbol 1 of time slot n or time slot n-1 before the first transmission resource, and the symbol 5 or time slot n-1 may be included after the first transmission resource. Slot n+1. This embodiment of the present application does not limit the time domain unit granularity of the first time when the first time includes before or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource.
本申请中,“时域资源”可以理解/替换为:时域单位。In this application, "time domain resource" can be understood/replaced as: time domain unit.
其中,时域资源可以为以超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他为粒度的时域资源/时域单位。The time-domain resources may be time-domain resources/time-domain units with granularity of superframe, frame, subframe, time slot, subslot, symbol, and others.
时域单位可以为以超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号、其他为粒度的时域单位。The time-domain unit may be a time-domain unit with granularity of superframe, frame, subframe, slot, subslot, symbol, and others.
示例性的,第一时间可以为第一反馈资源的时域位置/第一反馈资源之后第x个时隙/符号。Exemplarily, the first time may be the time domain position of the first feedback resource/the xth slot/symbol after the first feedback resource.
示例性的,第一时间可以为第一传输资源的时域位置/第一反馈资源之后第y个时隙/符号。Exemplarily, the first time may be the time domain position of the first transmission resource/the yth slot/symbol after the first feedback resource.
然后,对第一通信装置如何确定第一时间进行说明。Then, how the first communication apparatus determines the first time will be described.
可选的,第一通信装置可以根据以下步骤确定第一时间:Optionally, the first communication device may determine the first time according to the following steps:
(1)第一通信装置获取指示信息。(1) The first communication device acquires instruction information.
(2)第一通信装置根据上述指示信息确定第一时间。(2) The first communication device determines the first time according to the above-mentioned indication information.
上述指示信息包括以下任一项或多项:第一反馈资源集合的信息,第一标识的信息,第一反馈资源的信息,第一传输资源的信息。The above indication information includes any one or more of the following: information on the first feedback resource set, information on the first identifier, information on the first feedback resource, and information on the first transmission resource.
可选的,第一反馈资源集合包括以下任一项或多项:第一数据对应的反馈资源,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源、第一通信装置对应的反馈资源。Optionally, the first feedback resource set includes any one or more of the following: feedback resources corresponding to the first data, feedback resources corresponding to the communication device receiving the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, and feedback resources corresponding to the first communication device. feedback resources.
可以理解的是,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置可能包括一个或多个通信装置。It can be understood that the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may include one or more communication devices.
例如,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源可以理解/替换为:接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的某一个通信装置对应的反馈资源。例如,某一个通信装置可以为第一通信装置,也可以为其他通信装置。For example, the feedback resource corresponding to a communication device receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may be understood/replaced as: feedback resource corresponding to a certain communication device receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI. For example, a certain communication device may be the first communication device, or may be another communication device.
本申请实施例中,指示信息可以是第二通信装置/网络设备发送给第一通信装置的,或者,可以是协议定好,或预配置,本申请并不限制。In this embodiment of the present application, the indication information may be sent by the second communication apparatus/network device to the first communication apparatus, or may be determined by a protocol or pre-configured, which is not limited in this application.
例如,指示信息可以承载在第一控制信息,或,RRC消息,或,第一业务对应的配置中,本申请对此并不限定。For example, the indication information may be carried in the first control information, or the RRC message, or the configuration corresponding to the first service, which is not limited in this application.
需要说明的是,指示信息中包含多个信息的情况下,不同的信息可以通过不同的方式获取,本申请不限定指示信息中包含的信息通过相同的方式获取。It should be noted that, when the indication information includes multiple pieces of information, different information can be obtained in different ways, and the present application does not limit the information included in the indication information to be obtained in the same way.
需要说明的是,第二通信装置发送的指示信息包括的信息可以是显示指示的,也可以是隐式指示的。例如,对于指示信息指示第一反馈资源的信息,显示指示可以是直接指示第一反馈资源的信息,隐式指示可以是指示第一反馈资源集合的信息和第一标识的信息,第一通信装置根据第一反馈资源集合的信息和第一标识的信息确定第一反馈资源的信息。It should be noted that the information included in the indication information sent by the second communication apparatus may be an explicit indication or an implicit indication. For example, for the information indicating that the indication information indicates the first feedback resource, the display indication may be the information indicating the first feedback resource directly, and the implicit indication may be the information indicating the first feedback resource set and the information of the first identifier. The first communication device The information of the first feedback resource is determined according to the information of the first feedback resource set and the information of the first identifier.
可选的,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后的情况下,上述指示信息还包括:x的信息。Optionally, when the first time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource, the above indication information also Include: Information about x.
可选的,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后的情况下,上述指示信息还包括:y的信息。Optionally, when the first time includes the y-th time-domain resource after or before the time-domain position of the first transmission resource, or before the y-th time-domain resource or after the y-th time-domain resource, the above-mentioned indication information also Include: y information.
可选的,第一标识包括:第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识,或,第一反馈资源的标识,或,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置的数量,或,组大小。Optionally, the first identifier includes: an identifier of a communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource, or, an identifier of the first feedback resource, or, the number of communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, or, group size.
例如,第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识可以包括/理解/替换为:第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置中的标识/编号。For example, the identification of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace: the identification/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
例如,第一反馈资源的标识可以包括/理解/替换为:第一反馈资源在第一反馈资源集合中的标识/编号。For example, the identifier of the first feedback resource may include/understand/replace with: the identifier/number of the first feedback resource in the first feedback resource set.
例如,“第一标识包括:第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置中的标识/编号”可以理解/替换为:第一标识包括:第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在第一数据对应的组播(或组播业务)中的通信装置中的标识/编号,或,第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在第一数据对应的组播(或组播业务)对应的组中的通信装置中的标识/编号,或,第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)的通信装置中的标识/编号,或,第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)中的标识/编号,或,第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)对应的组中的标识/编号,或,第一反馈资源对应的通信装置在第二RNTI对应的组中的标识/编号。For example, "the first identifier includes: the identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the communication device that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI" can be understood/replaced as: the first identifier includes: the first The identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the feedback resource in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data, or, the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource is in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data. The identifier/number of the communication device in the group corresponding to the multicast service), or, the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource is in the communication device that receives the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI The identifier/number of the first feedback resource, or the identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, or, the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource is in the The identifier/number of the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, or the identifier/number of the communication device corresponding to the first feedback resource in the group corresponding to the second RNTI.
例如,编号可以理解/替换为:成员ID(member ID),或,顺序,或,序号。For example, the number can be understood/replaced as: member ID (member ID), or, order, or, serial number.
例如,本申请实施例中,第一反馈资源的信息或者第一传输资源的信息可以直接指示第一反馈资源或者第一传输资源的时频资源,也可以隐式的指示,本申请并不限定。例如,第一传输资源的信息包括第一传输资源的配置参数。For example, in this embodiment of the present application, the information of the first feedback resource or the information of the first transmission resource may directly indicate the time-frequency resource of the first feedback resource or the first transmission resource, or may indicate implicitly, which is not limited in this application. . For example, the information of the first transmission resource includes configuration parameters of the first transmission resource.
对于第一标识包括第一反馈资源对应的通信装置的标识,示例性的,对于接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置,不同的通信装置可以对应不同的标识,不同的通信装置可以对应不同的反馈资源(例如,每个通信装置对应一个反馈资源)。第一通信装置可以根据第一标识,确定第一标识对应的反馈资源,该反馈资源为第一反馈资源。The first identifier includes the identifier of the communication apparatus corresponding to the first feedback resource. Exemplarily, for the communication apparatus that receives the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, different communication apparatuses may correspond to different identifiers, and different communication apparatuses may correspond to different identifiers. It may correspond to different feedback resources (eg, each communication device corresponds to one feedback resource). The first communication apparatus may determine, according to the first identifier, a feedback resource corresponding to the first identifier, where the feedback resource is the first feedback resource.
对于第一标识包括第一反馈资源的标识,示例性的,对于第一数据,存在多个与第一数据对应的反馈资源,不同的反馈资源有不同的标识(例如,每个标识对应一个反馈资源)。第一通信装置可以根据第一标识,确定第一标识对应的反馈资源,该反馈资源为第一反馈资源。The first identifier includes an identifier of the first feedback resource. Exemplarily, for the first data, there are multiple feedback resources corresponding to the first data, and different feedback resources have different identifiers (for example, each identifier corresponds to a feedback resource) resource). The first communication apparatus may determine, according to the first identifier, a feedback resource corresponding to the first identifier, where the feedback resource is the first feedback resource.
需要说明的是,针对第一数据对应的反馈资源,本申请并不限定不同的反馈资源或者接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置的反馈资源之间是频分的,还是频分的,还是码分的,还是既有时分又有码分,还是其他各种可能的分配方式。It should be noted that, for the feedback resources corresponding to the first data, the present application does not limit whether different feedback resources or feedback resources of different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are frequency-divided or not. Frequency division, or code division, or both time division and code division, or various other possible distribution methods.
所以,可选的,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同,或者,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置不同。Therefore, optionally, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to the different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI are the same, or, the different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI correspond to The time domain locations of the feedback resources are different.
第一通信设备可以根据第一标识的信息和第一反馈资源的集合的信息确定第一反馈资源。可以理解的是,第一通信设备可以基于一定的规则和/或算法,结合第一标识的信息和第一反馈资源的集合的信息确定第一反馈资源。具体规则和/或算法本申请并不限制。The first communication device may determine the first feedback resource according to the information of the first identification and the information of the set of the first feedback resource. It can be understood that the first communication device may determine the first feedback resource based on a certain rule and/or algorithm in combination with the information of the first identifier and the information of the set of the first feedback resource. The specific rules and/or algorithms are not limited by this application.
例如,若不同的反馈资源是频分的,第一通信装置可以基于频域从高到低或从低到高的顺序结合第一标识的信息确定第一反馈资源。For example, if different feedback resources are frequency-divided, the first communication apparatus may determine the first feedback resource based on the frequency domain from high to low or from low to high in combination with the information of the first identifier.
例如,若不同的反馈资源是时分的,第一通信装置可以基于时域从前到后或从后到前的顺序结合第一标识的信息确定第一反馈资源。For example, if different feedback resources are time-divided, the first communication apparatus may determine the first feedback resource based on the time domain from front to back or from back to front in combination with the information of the first identifier.
若不同的反馈资源是频分的,示例性的,如图9所示,不同的反馈资源为频分,可以根据反馈资源的频域位置从1开始为第一反馈资源集合中的反馈资源编号,第一标识可以为2,第一通信装置可以根据指示信息中的2和第一反馈资源集合,找到对应的第一反馈资源。If different feedback resources are frequency-division, exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 9 , different feedback resources are frequency-division, and the feedback resource number in the first feedback resource set may be numbered from 1 according to the frequency domain position of the feedback resource , the first identifier may be 2, and the first communication apparatus may find the corresponding first feedback resource according to 2 in the indication information and the first feedback resource set.
若不同的反馈资源是时分的,可以理解的是,第二通信装置何时决定进行重传数据会影响第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器或第一定时器的位置。例如,第二通信装置决定重传有下列两种可能性:If the different feedback resources are time-divisional, it can be understood that when the second communication apparatus decides to retransmit data will affect the first communication apparatus to start or restart the first timer or the position of the first timer. For example, there are two possibilities for the second communication device to decide to retransmit:
可能性1:第二通信装置确定所有接收第一数据通信装置的反馈/接收状态后,再决定重传。Possibility 1: After the second communication device determines all the feedback/reception states of the first data communication device, it decides to retransmit.
可能性2:第二通信装置确定接收第一数据的通信装置中接收失败的通信装置的数量达到一定比例或者数量之后,就决定执行重传。Possibility 2: The second communication device decides to perform retransmission after determining that the number of communication devices that fail to receive the first data reaches a certain ratio or number.
例如,第二通信装置可以在确定所有接收第一数据通信装置的反馈/接收状态后,再确定是否需要进行重传,和/或再确定通过C+C传输方式、C+G传输方式、G+G传输方式中的哪一种或多种进行重传。For example, the second communication device may determine whether to perform retransmission after determining all the feedback/reception states of the first data communication device, and/or determine whether to use the C+C transmission mode, C+G transmission mode, G Which one or more of the +G transmission methods to retransmit.
例如,第二通信装置可以在确定接收第一数据的通信装置中接收失败的通信装置的数量达到一定比例或者数量之后,再确定是否需要进行重传,和/或再确定通过C+C传输方式、C+G传输方式、G+G传输方式中的哪一种或多种进行重传。For example, the second communication device may determine whether to perform retransmission after determining that the number of communication devices that fail to receive the first data reaches a certain proportion or number, and/or determine whether to use the C+C transmission method. , which one or more of the C+G transmission mode and the G+G transmission mode to perform retransmission.
这两种可能性,需要第二通信装置根据第一通信装置发送反馈的时间(例如,根据第一通信装置用于发送反馈的反馈资源的时域位置),获取第一通信装置的反馈并决定重传。因此,第二通信装置决定重传的时间可能与反馈资源的时域位置相关。For these two possibilities, the second communication device needs to obtain the feedback of the first communication device and decide according to the time when the first communication device sends the feedback (for example, according to the time domain position of the feedback resource used by the first communication device to send the feedback) Retransmission. Therefore, the time at which the second communication apparatus decides to retransmit may be related to the time domain position of the feedback resource.
所以,为了对应这两种可能性,当接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置不同时,为了使第一时间与网络设备决定重传的时间相匹配,或者说为了避免第一通信装置由于处于睡眠态而错过第二通信装置重传的数据的问题,或,为了避免第一通信装置进行无意义的监听而导致的耗电问题,可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种可能的实现方式:Therefore, in order to correspond to these two possibilities, when the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are different, in order to make the first time and the network device determine the retransmission time Matching, or in order to avoid the problem that the first communication device misses the data retransmitted by the second communication device due to the sleep state, or to avoid the problem of power consumption caused by meaningless monitoring by the first communication device, optional The embodiment of the present application also provides a possible implementation:
第一反馈资源包括第一数据相关联的反馈资源中时域位置排序为N/第一标识的反馈资源,或,第一反馈资源包括第一数据相关联的反馈资源中时域上最后的反馈资源。The first feedback resource includes feedback resources whose time domain position order is N/first identifier among the feedback resources associated with the first data, or the first feedback resource includes the last feedback in the time domain among the feedback resources associated with the first data resource.
例如,N/第一标识可以为接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置的数量、组大小、组内通信装置的数量。For example, the N/first identifier may be the number of communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, the group size, and the number of communication apparatuses in the group.
其中,组大小或组内通信装置的数量,可以为以下任一项或多项:第一数据对应 的组播(或组播业务)对应的组中的通信装置的数量、在第二RNTI对应的组中的通信装置的数量、第一数据/第二RNTI对应的组播(或组播业务)对应的组中的通信装置的数量。The group size or the number of communication devices in the group may be any one or more of the following: the number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data, the number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the second RNTI The number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the first data/second RNTI, and the number of communication devices in the group corresponding to the multicast (or multicast service) corresponding to the first data/second RNTI.
可选的,N/第一标识小于或等于第一数据相关联的反馈资源的数量。Optionally, N/first identifier is less than or equal to the number of feedback resources associated with the first data.
示例性的,如图10所示,第一反馈资源为第一数据相关联的所有反馈资源中,时域位置在最后的反馈资源。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 10 , the first feedback resource is the last feedback resource in the time domain position among all the feedback resources associated with the first data.
以上介绍了第一通信装置如何根据第一标识和第一反馈资源集合确定第一反馈资源,以下介绍另一种确定方式,可选的,第一反馈资源可以与第一通信装置相关联。该方式中,第一通信装置可以将自身对应的反馈资源作为第一反馈资源。The above describes how the first communication apparatus determines the first feedback resource according to the first identifier and the first feedback resource set, and another determination method is described below. Optionally, the first feedback resource may be associated with the first communication apparatus. In this manner, the first communication apparatus may use the feedback resource corresponding to itself as the first feedback resource.
可选的,当第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联时,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同。该方式中,因为反馈资源的时域位置相同,不同的通信装置将自身对应的反馈资源作为第一反馈资源时,确定出的第一时间是相同的。Optionally, when the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication apparatus, the time domain positions of the feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same. In this manner, since the time domain positions of the feedback resources are the same, when different communication devices use their corresponding feedback resources as the first feedback resources, the determined first time is the same.
可选的,本申请还包括,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源相同或不同。Optionally, the present application further includes that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same or different.
接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源相同可以理解为:接收第一数据的不同通信装置共享同一个反馈资源。The fact that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI are the same can be understood as: different communication apparatuses that receive the first data share the same feedback resource.
接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源不同可以理解为:接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置有不同的反馈资源。Different feedback resources corresponding to communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be understood as: different communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI have different feedback resources.
方案二、第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间或时间之前或时间之后;或者,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后。 Scheme 2. The first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time includes after or before the second time, and the distance The duration of the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
时域资源相关的内容可以参考上文方案一中的介绍,在此不再赘述。For the content related to the time domain resources, reference may be made to the introduction in the above solution 1, and details are not repeated here.
例如,第一时间可以为第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时隙/符号。For example, the first time may be after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth slot/symbol after or before the time of the first time interval.
该方案中,第一通信装置需要根据第二时间和第一时间间隔确定第一时间。可选的,第一通信装置可以根据以下步骤确定第一时间:In this solution, the first communication device needs to determine the first time according to the second time and the first time interval. Optionally, the first communication device may determine the first time according to the following steps:
(1)第一通信装置获取指示信息。(1) The first communication device acquires instruction information.
(2)第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间。(2) The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
例如,指示信息包括以下任一项或多项:第二时间的信息、第一时间间隔的信息。For example, the indication information includes any one or more of the following: information of the second time, information of the first time interval.
第一时间间隔的粒度可以包括超帧、帧、子帧、时隙、子时隙、符号或其他时域单位粒度。The granularity of the first time interval may include superframe, frame, subframe, slot, subslot, symbol, or other time domain unit granularity.
可选的,若第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后,上述指示信息还包括:z的信息。Optionally, if the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval, or before or before the zth time domain resource. After the z time domain resources, the above indication information further includes: z information.
该方案一种可能的实现方式为,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后; 其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。A possible implementation manner of this solution is that the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or the second time includes the first feedback resource. The xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of a feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
第一反馈资源的时域位置相关的内容可以参考上文方案一中的内容,在此不再赘述。For the content related to the time domain position of the first feedback resource, reference may be made to the content in the above solution 1, and details are not repeated here.
可选的,该实现方式下,第二时间的信息可以包括以下一项或多项:第一反馈资源集合的信息,第一标识的信息,第一反馈资源的信息、x的信息。上述信息相关的内容可参考方案一的内容,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the information of the second time may include one or more of the following: information of the first feedback resource set, information of the first identifier, information of the first feedback resource, and information of x. For the content related to the above information, reference may be made to the content of Scheme 1, and details are not repeated here.
第一通信装置可以根据指示的第二时间的信息,确定第一反馈资源,具体怎么确认,可以参考上文方案一中的内容,在此不再赘述。The first communication device may determine the first feedback resource according to the information of the indicated second time, and how to confirm it can refer to the content in the above solution 1, which will not be repeated here.
第一反馈资源相关的内容可以参考上文方案一中的内容,在此不再赘述。For the content related to the first feedback resource, reference may be made to the content in the above solution 1, which will not be repeated here.
该方案另一种可能的实现方式中,第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后,或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后。In another possible implementation manner of the solution, the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource, or the first time includes The y-th time-domain resource after or before the time-domain position of the first transmission resource or before the y-th time-domain resource or after the y-th time-domain resource.
其中,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。The first transmission resources include resources for transmitting first control information or first data.
第一传输资源的时域位置相关的内容可以参考上文方案一中的内容,在此不再赘述。For the content related to the time domain position of the first transmission resource, reference may be made to the content in the above solution 1, and details are not repeated here.
具体地,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据,传输第一数据的第一传输资源,对于接收第一数据的通信装置来说是共用的或相同。所以,接收第一数据的不同终端设备确定的第二时间是相同的。所以不同的通信装置可以根据相同的第二时间和第一时间间隔,确定出相同的第一时间。Specifically, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner, and the first transmission resources for transmitting the first data are shared or the same for the communication apparatuses that receive the first data. Therefore, the second time determined by different terminal devices receiving the first data is the same. Therefore, different communication devices can determine the same first time according to the same second time and first time interval.
方案三、第一通信装置获取指示信息,指示信息包括第一时间的信息。第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间。Solution 3: The first communication device acquires indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time. The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
该方案中,指示信息包括第一时间的信息,第一通信装置可以直接根据指示信息确定第一时间。例如,指示信息包括以下信息以下任一项或多项的信息:系统帧号SFN、子帧(或子帧号)、时隙、子时隙、符号。In this solution, the indication information includes information of the first time, and the first communication apparatus may directly determine the first time according to the indication information. For example, the indication information includes any one or more of the following information: system frame number SFN, subframe (or subframe number), time slot, subslot, and symbol.
例如,第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间可以理解为:第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间所在的系统帧号SFN、子帧(或子帧号)、时隙、子时隙、符号中的任一项或多项。For example, determining the first time by the first communication device according to the indication information can be understood as: the first communication device determines the system frame number SFN, subframe (or subframe number), time slot, subslot where the first time is located according to the indication information , any one or more of the symbols.
方案四、第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之前或之后的第W个时域资源或第W个时域资源前或第W个时域资源后。Solution 4: The first time includes the Wth time domain resource before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the Wth time domain resource or after the Wth time domain resource.
其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。Wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
例如,第一反馈资源与第一通信装置相关联。For example, the first feedback resource is associated with the first communication device.
该方案中,第一通信装置可以根据第一反馈资源的时域位置和参数W来确定第一时间。In this solution, the first communication apparatus may determine the first time according to the time domain position of the first feedback resource and the parameter W.
可选的,第一通信装置可以根据以下步骤确定第一时间:Optionally, the first communication device may determine the first time according to the following steps:
(1)第一通信装置获取指示信息;(1) The first communication device obtains the indication information;
(2)第一通信装置根据指示信息确定第一时间。(2) The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
指示信息包括第一反馈资源的信息,和/或,W的信息。The indication information includes information of the first feedback resource, and/or information of W.
例如,W为大于或等于1的正整数。For example, W is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
一种可能的实现方式中,指示信息显示指示时,可以直接指示第一通信装置对应的反馈资源所在的时域资源和W,指示信息隐式指示时,若第一通信装置配置的是MBS特定的PUCCH-Config的情况,相当于隐式指示不同的通信装置配置的反馈资源在一个时隙内,第一通信装置可以根据对应的反馈资源的所在的时域资源确定第一时间。In a possible implementation manner, when the indication information displays the indication, it may directly indicate the time domain resource and W where the feedback resource corresponding to the first communication device is located, and when the indication information is implicitly indicated, if the first communication device is configured with MBS specific In the case of PUCCH-Config, it is equivalent to implicitly indicating that feedback resources configured by different communication apparatuses are within one time slot, and the first communication apparatus may determine the first time according to the time domain resources where the corresponding feedback resources are located.
可选的,反之,第一通信装置配置的是单播的PUCCH-Config的情况,相当于隐式指示不同通信装置的反馈资源不一定是一个时隙内。此时,终端设备可以根据此指示,选择不根据方案四确定第一时间。Optionally, on the contrary, in the case where the first communication apparatus is configured with a unicast PUCCH-Config, it is equivalent to implicitly indicating that the feedback resources of different communication apparatuses are not necessarily within one time slot. At this time, the terminal device may, according to the instruction, choose not to determine the first time according to the fourth solution.
可选的,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源的时域位置相同;或者,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源位于相同的时域资源内。Optionally, the time domain positions of feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same; or, feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI within the same time domain resource.
例如,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源位于相同的时隙内。For example, feedback resources corresponding to different communication apparatuses that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are located in the same time slot.
需要说明的是,“接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源位于相同的时域资源内”并不限定不同通信装置对应的反馈资源在时域上完全对齐。例如,不同通信装置的反馈资源可以在一个时隙内的不同符号上。It should be noted that "feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are located in the same time domain resource" does not limit that the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices are completely aligned in the time domain. For example, feedback resources for different communication devices may be on different symbols within a time slot.
该情况下,因为接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置对应的反馈资源相同,或者,位于同一时域资源内,所以,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置确定的第一反馈资源的时域位置相同。进而,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置可以根据第一反馈资源的时域位置和参数W,确定出相同的第一时间。例如,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置的反馈资源处于同一时隙内,该时隙为时隙2,指示信息指示W为1,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置可以确定出第一时间为时隙3。In this case, because the feedback resources corresponding to different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same, or are located in the same time domain resource, therefore, the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are received differently. The time domain positions of the first feedback resources determined by the communication apparatus are the same. Furthermore, different communication apparatuses that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI may determine the same first time according to the time domain position and parameter W of the first feedback resource. For example, the feedback resources of different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are in the same time slot, the time slot is time slot 2, the indication information indicates that W is 1, and the first data/second RNTI is corresponding to receiving The different communication devices of the data can determine that the first time is time slot 3 .
可选的,本申请还包括,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源相同或不同。Optionally, the present application further includes that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are the same or different.
接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源相同可以理解为:接收第一数据的不同通信装置共享同一个反馈资源。The fact that the feedback resources corresponding to the communication apparatuses that receive the data corresponding to the first data/the second RNTI are the same can be understood as: different communication apparatuses that receive the first data share the same feedback resource.
接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置对应的反馈资源不同可以理解为:接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置有不同的反馈资源。Different feedback resources corresponding to communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI can be understood as: different communication apparatuses receiving data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI have different feedback resources.
可选的,第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:Optionally, starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time by the first communication device includes:
(1)第一通信装置在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,(1) The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time; or,
(2)第一通信装置在第一时间之后的第m个时域资源启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。(2) The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the mth time domain resource after the first time.
例如,m为大于或等于1的正整数。For example, m is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1.
基于该方案,第一通信装置在第一时间后一个时间偏移量启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,考虑到了第二通信装置在接收到第一通信装置的反馈之后进行重传所需要的处理时间,避免了第一通信装置进行无意义的监听。Based on this solution, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at a time offset after the first time, considering that the second communication device performs retransmission after receiving the feedback from the first communication device The required processing time avoids meaningless monitoring by the first communication device.
可选的,第二定时器超时,第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器。Optionally, when the second timer times out, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer.
可选的,第一通信装置接收第一数据成功和/或第一通信装置接收第一数据失败,第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器。Optionally, when the first communication device successfully receives the first data and/or the first communication device fails to receive the first data, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer.
可选的,第二定时器超时,且,第一通信装置接收第一数据成功和/或第一通信装置接收第一数据失败,第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器。Optionally, when the second timer times out, and the first communication device successfully receives the first data and/or the first communication device fails to receive the first data, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer.
由上文介绍可知,在现有的单播DRX机制中,第一定时器(重传定时器)是在RTT定时器超时后,且第一通信装置接收数据失败才会启动。所以按照单播的DRX机制,组播组内不同的通信装置根据不同的接收数据情况,有的启动或重启第一定时器,有的不启动或重启第一定时器,会导致不同的通信装置的激活时间不对齐。基于本申请实施例提供的该方案,第二定时器超时,不管第一通信装置接收第一数据成功还是失败,第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器。所以基于该方案,不同的通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第二定时器后,无论不同通信装置接收数据的情况如何,均启动或重启第一定时器,可以对齐不同通信装置的激活时间。As can be seen from the above description, in the existing unicast DRX mechanism, the first timer (retransmission timer) is not started until the RTT timer expires and the first communication device fails to receive data. Therefore, according to the unicast DRX mechanism, different communication devices in the multicast group may start or restart the first timer according to different data reception conditions, and some do not start or restart the first timer, which will lead to different communication devices. The activation times are not aligned. Based on the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, if the second timer times out, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer regardless of whether the first communication device succeeds in receiving the first data or fails. Therefore, based on this solution, after different communication devices start or restart the second timer according to the first time, regardless of how different communication devices receive data, the first timer is started or restarted, and the activation times of different communication devices can be aligned.
其中,上述步骤S601至S602中第一通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令终端设备执行;上述步骤S601至S602中第二通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令网络设备执行。本实施例对此不作任何限制。Wherein, the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S601 to S602 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute; The actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
本申请实施例还提供另一种非连续接收控制方法,如图11所示,该非连续接收控制方法包括如下步骤S1101-S1102:The embodiment of the present application further provides another discontinuous reception control method. As shown in FIG. 11 , the discontinuous reception control method includes the following steps S1101-S1102:
S1101、第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,第一通信装置接收来自第二通信装置的第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据。S1101. The first communication device receives first control information from the second communication device, where the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication The device receives first data from the second communication device, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the first communication device receives the first control information and the first data from the second communication device, The first control information is used to schedule first data, where the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner.
S1102、第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长;其中,所述第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收所述重传的数据的时长。S1102. The first communication apparatus controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data.
下面将分两种场景对步骤S1101-S1102展开进行描述。Steps S1101-S1102 will be described below in two scenarios.
对于步骤S1101,可参考上文对步骤S601的介绍,在此不再赘述。For step S1101, reference may be made to the above description of step S601, which will not be repeated here.
对于步骤S1102,第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收所述第一数据的重传数据的时长。根据上文对单播中DRX机制的介绍,可知第一定时器为重传定时器,第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,可以理解的是,因为组播组内所有的终端设备共用一套DRX配置,所以组播组内其余通信装置也会根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,因此,不同的接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的通信装置是根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,进而可以实现对齐不同的通信装置的第一定时器的结束时间,即对齐重传激活时间段的结束时间。For step S1102, the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the duration of the retransmission data of the first data. According to the above introduction to the DRX mechanism in unicast, it can be seen that the first timer is a retransmission timer, and the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time. The terminal equipments of 1 share a set of DRX configuration, so the other communication devices in the multicast group will also control the duration of the first timer according to the first time. Therefore, the different communication devices that receive the data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI are The duration of the first timer is controlled according to the first time, thereby aligning the end times of the first timers of different communication devices, that is, aligning the end times of the retransmission activation period.
下面对步骤S1102进行详细描述。第一通信装置为了根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,需要确定第一时间。第一通信装置确定第一时间的方案可以参考上文对步骤S602中第一通信装置如何确定第一时间的介绍。Step S1102 will be described in detail below. In order to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, the first communication device needs to determine the first time. For the solution for determining the first time by the first communication apparatus, reference may be made to the above description of how the first communication apparatus determines the first time in step S602.
第一通信装置根据第一时间控制定时器的时长,包括:The first communication device controls the duration of the timer according to the first time, including:
第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间早于第一时间,第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长延长第一时长;The start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the first time, and the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration;
或者,第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间晚于第一时间,第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长减少第一时长;Or, the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, and the first communication device reduces the duration of the first timer by the first duration;
其中,第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收第一数据的重传数据前的时长。The second timer is used to indicate a time period before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data of the first data.
具体地,第一时间可以理解为一个参考时间点,若第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间早于第一时间,第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长延长第一时长。若第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间晚于第一时间,第一通信装置将第一定时器的时长减少第一时长。换言之,第一通信装置可以根据第一时间,控制第一定时器的时长,即控制重传激活时间段的时长,可以理解的是,接收第一数据/第二RNTI对应的数据的不同通信装置是根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长。Specifically, the first time can be understood as a reference time point. If the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is earlier than the first time, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer by the first duration . If the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer is later than the first time, the first communication device reduces the duration of the first timer by the first duration. In other words, the first communication device can control the duration of the first timer according to the first time, that is, control the duration of the retransmission activation period. It can be understood that different communication devices that receive data corresponding to the first data/second RNTI is to control the duration of the first timer according to the first time.
其中,第一时长为第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间与第一时间之间的时长。可参考图12,第一定时器1和第一定时器2的原时长为8个单位,第一定时器的启动或重启时间早于第一时间2个单位,原本的结束时间应距离第一时间6个单位,第一通信装置将第一定时器1的时长延长2个单位,延长后第一定时器1的结束时间距离第一时间8个单位。第一定时器2的启动或重启时间晚于第一时间2个单位,原本的结束时间应距离第一时间10个单位(2+8),第一通信装置减少第一定时器2的时长2个单位,减少后第一定时器2的结束时间距离第一时间8个单位,实现了对齐第一定时器1与第一定时器2的结束时间。基于该方案,第一通信装置根据第一时间与第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间的时间差控制第一定时器的时长,实现了对齐第一定时器的结束时间。The first duration is the duration between the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer and the first time. Referring to Figure 12, the original duration of the first timer 1 and the first timer 2 is 8 units, the start or restart time of the first timer is 2 units earlier than the first time, and the original end time should be 2 units away from the first timer. The time is 6 units, the first communication device extends the duration of the first timer 1 by 2 units, and the end time of the first timer 1 after the extension is 8 units away from the first time. The start or restart time of the first timer 2 is 2 units later than the first time, and the original end time should be 10 units (2+8) away from the first time, and the first communication device reduces the duration of the first timer 2 by 2 After the reduction, the end time of the first timer 2 is 8 units away from the first time, so that the end times of the first timer 1 and the first timer 2 are aligned. Based on this solution, the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the time difference between the first time and the start or restart time of the first timer or the second timer, so that the end time of the first timer is aligned.
综上,基于本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法,第一通信装置可以根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,可以理解的是,第一通信装置所在的组内,所有的通信装置同样根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长,实现了通过控制第一定时器的时长对齐第一定时器的结束时间,进而对齐不同通信装置的激活结束时间。To sum up, based on the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first communication device can control the duration of the first timer according to the first time. It can be understood that in the group where the first communication device belongs, all communication The device also controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time, so as to align the end time of the first timer by controlling the duration of the first timer, thereby aligning the activation end times of different communication devices.
可选的,本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法,还包括:Optionally, the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes:
(1)第一通信装置发送第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈。(1) The first communication apparatus sends the first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback.
(2)第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联。第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器的时间是在第一通信装置发送第一HARQ反馈之后,即本申请实施例中第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间可以按照现有的单播DRX机制确定。(2) The first communication apparatus starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer; wherein the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data. The time when the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer is after the first communication device sends the first HARQ feedback, that is, the start or restart of the first timer or the second timer in the embodiment of the present application The time can be determined according to the existing unicast DRX mechanism.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,第一定时器被启动或重启,第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长才是有意义的。所以可选的,第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。具体可参考上文对步骤602的介绍。It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, when the first timer is started or restarted, it is only meaningful that the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time. Therefore, optionally, when the second timer times out, the first timer is started or restarted. For details, refer to the above description of step 602 .
其中,上述步骤S1101至S1102中第一通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令终端设备执行;上述步骤S1101至S1102中第二通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令网络设备执行。本实施例对此不作任何 限制。Wherein, the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S1101 to S1102 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute; The actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
可选的,本申请实施例提供的非连续接收控制方法,还包括:第一通信装置发送第一HARQ反馈或发送第一HARQ反馈后;第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。Optionally, the discontinuous reception control method provided by the embodiment of the present application further includes: after the first communication device sends the first HARQ feedback or sends the first HARQ feedback; the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer. timer.
其中,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联。Wherein, the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
一种可能的实现,第一通信装置启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器的时间是在第一通信装置发送第一HARQ反馈之后,即本申请实施例中第一定时器或第二定时器的启动或重启时间可以按照现有的单播DRX机制确定。In a possible implementation, the time when the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer is after the first communication device sends the first HARQ feedback, that is, the first timer or the second timer in the embodiment of the present application. The start or restart time of the timer can be determined according to the existing unicast DRX mechanism.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例中,第一定时器被启动或重启,第一通信装置根据第一时间控制第一定时器的时长才是有意义的。It can be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, when the first timer is started or restarted, it is only meaningful that the first communication device controls the duration of the first timer according to the first time.
可选的,第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。相关内容可参考图6所述实施例中的介绍。Optionally, when the second timer times out, the first timer is started or restarted. For related content, reference may be made to the introduction in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 .
其中,上述步骤S1101至S1102中第一通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令终端设备执行;上述步骤S1101至S1102中第二通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令网络设备执行。本实施例对此不作任何限制。Wherein, the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S1101 to S1102 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute; The actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
进一步地,为了解决第一通信装置不传输HARQ反馈时,第一通信装置无法启动第二定时器和第一定时器,以至于无法接收到第二通信装置在原本的第一定时器运行期间发送的数据的问题,本申请实施例还提供另一种非连续接收控制方法,如图13所示,该非连续接收控制方法包括如下步骤S1301-S1303:Further, in order to solve the problem that when the first communication device does not transmit HARQ feedback, the first communication device cannot start the second timer and the first timer, so that the second communication device cannot receive the data sent by the second communication device during the operation of the original first timer. The embodiment of the present application also provides another discontinuous reception control method. As shown in FIG. 13 , the discontinuous reception control method includes the following steps S1301-S1303:
S1301、第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,第一通信装置接收第一数据。S1301. The first communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and/or the first communication device receives the first data.
S1302、第一通信装置确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联。S1302. The first communication apparatus determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback of the HARQ request, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data.
S1303、第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。S1303. The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time.
冲突可以理解/替换为:重叠,或,在时域上冲突,或,在时域上重叠。Conflicts can be understood/replaced as: overlapping, or, colliding in the time domain, or, overlapping in the time domain.
例如,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突可以包括/理解为:第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的资源与第一传输对应的资源冲突。For example, the conflict between the transmission of the first HARQ feedback and the first transmission may include/understand that a resource corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with a resource corresponding to the first transmission.
例如,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突可以包括/理解为:第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的资源与第一接收对应的资源冲突。For example, the conflict between the transmission of the first HARQ feedback and the first reception may include/understand that the resource corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the resource corresponding to the first reception.
其中,第一定时器(或第一定时器的时长)用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器(或第二定时器的时长)用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。对于S1301,本申请实施例中,不限定第一控制信息或第一数据的传输方式。The first timer (or the duration of the first timer) is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer (or the duration of the second timer) is used to instruct the first communication device The amount of time before receiving retransmitted data. For S1301, in this embodiment of the present application, the transmission mode of the first control information or the first data is not limited.
可选的,第一控制信息的传输方式可以包括/为图6中第一控制信息的传输方式。Optionally, the transmission mode of the first control information may include/be the transmission mode of the first control information in FIG. 6 .
可选的,第一数据的传输方式可以包括/为图6中第一数据的传输方式。Optionally, the transmission mode of the first data may include/be the transmission mode of the first data in FIG. 6 .
可选的,第一控制信息可以包括/为图6中第一控制信息。Optionally, the first control information may include/be the first control information in FIG. 6 .
可选的,第一数据可以包括/为图6中第一数据。Optionally, the first data may include/be the first data in FIG. 6 .
第一控制信息、第一数据、第一定时器、第二定时器、第一时间中的任一个或多个相关的内容可以参考图6所述实施例中的内容,此处不再赘述。For content related to any one or more of the first control information, the first data, the first timer, the second timer, and the first time, reference may be made to the content in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 , which will not be repeated here.
对于S1302、第一通信装置确定不传输第一HARQ反馈,也可以称为第一HARQ反馈被放弃(drop)。For S1302, the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback, which may also be referred to as the first HARQ feedback being dropped (drop).
例如,第一HARQ反馈为对第一数据的反馈。For example, the first HARQ feedback is feedback on the first data.
可选的,第一通信装置确定不传输第一HARQ反馈,可以包括:第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或者,第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突;或者,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或者,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突。Optionally, the first communication device determining not to transmit the first HARQ feedback may include: the first communication device determining that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the first communication device determining that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is inconsistent with the first transmission. The first reception collides; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
本申请实施例中,第一HARQ反馈的传输包括用于传输第一HARQ反馈的资源,或,用于传输第一HARQ反馈的资源的传输。示例性的,用于传输第一HARQ反馈的资源可以为PUCCH,或者PSFCH等资源。In this embodiment of the present application, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback includes a resource for transmitting the first HARQ feedback, or the transmission of a resource for transmitting the first HARQ feedback. Exemplarily, the resource used for transmitting the first HARQ feedback may be a resource such as PUCCH or PSFCH.
例如,第一HARQ反馈可以包括第一UL HARQ反馈,和/或,第一SL HARQ反馈。For example, the first HARQ feedback may include the first UL HARQ feedback, and/or the first SL HARQ feedback.
例如,用于传输第一UL HARQ反馈的资源可以为PUCCH资源。For example, the resources used to transmit the first UL HARQ feedback may be PUCCH resources.
例如,用于传输第一SL HARQ反馈的资源可以为PSFCH资源。For example, the resources used to transmit the first SL HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
可选的,本申请实施例中,第一传输包括以下任一项或多项:第二HARQ反馈的传输、第一数据传输、第一侧行链路传输。Optionally, in this embodiment of the present application, the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, transmission of the first data, and transmission of the first sidelink.
其中,第二HARQ反馈的传输为用于传输第二HARQ反馈的资源,或,用于传输第二HARQ反馈的资源的传输。示例性的,第二HARQ反馈的资源可以为PUCCH资源,或者PSFCH等资源。The transmission of the second HARQ feedback is the resource used for transmitting the second HARQ feedback, or the transmission of the resource used for transmitting the second HARQ feedback. Exemplarily, the resources fed back by the second HARQ may be PUCCH resources, or resources such as PSFCH.
例如,第二HARQ反馈可以包括第二UL HARQ反馈,和/或,第二SL HARQ反馈。For example, the second HARQ feedback may include second UL HARQ feedback, and/or, second SL HARQ feedback.
例如,用于传输第二UL HARQ反馈的资源可以为PUCCH资源。For example, the resources used to transmit the second UL HARQ feedback may be PUCCH resources.
例如,用于传输第二SL HARQ反馈的资源可以为PSFCH资源。For example, the resources used to transmit the second SL HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
例如,第一数据传输可以包括第一上行数据传输,和/或,第一SL数据传输。For example, the first data transmission may include the first uplink data transmission, and/or the first SL data transmission.
例如,用于传输第一上行数据传输的资源可以为PUCCH资源,或,PUSCH资源。For example, the resources used for transmitting the first uplink data transmission may be PUCCH resources, or PUSCH resources.
例如,用于传输第一SL数据传输的资源可以为PSFCH资源,或,PSSCH资源,或PSCCH资源。For example, the resources used to transmit the first SL data transmission may be PSFCH resources, or PSSCH resources, or PSCCH resources.
当第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突时,可选的,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一传输对应的优先级。例如,PUCCH1用于传输第一HARQ反馈,PUCCH2为第一传输,若PUCCH1对应的优先级低于PUCCH2对应的优先级,第一通信装置确定PUCCH1与PUCCH2冲突,并确定不传输第一HARQ反馈。具体怎么确定第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级与第一传输对应的优先级的高低,可参考现有技术,在此不再赘述。When the first communication apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, optionally, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission. For example, PUCCH1 is used to transmit the first HARQ feedback, and PUCCH2 is the first transmission. If the priority corresponding to PUCCH1 is lower than the priority corresponding to PUCCH2, the first communication device determines that PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 collide, and determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback. Specifically, how to determine the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback and the priority corresponding to the first transmission can be referred to in the prior art, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,第一接收包括以下任一项或多项:第三HARQ反馈的接收。示例性的, 第三HARQ反馈的接收可以包括第三SL HARQ反馈的接收。Optionally, the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback. Exemplarily, the receiving of the third HARQ feedback may include the receiving of the third SL HARQ feedback.
例如,用于接收第三HARQ反馈的资源可以为PSFCH资源。For example, the resources used to receive the third HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
例如,用于传输第三HARQ反馈的资源可以为PSFCH资源。For example, the resources used for transmitting the third HARQ feedback may be PSFCH resources.
当第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突时,可选的,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一接收对应的优先级。具体可见上文介绍,在此不再赘述。When the first communication apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception, optionally, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first reception. The details can be found in the above introduction, and will not be repeated here.
以下结合不同的场景,对第一通信装置确定不传输第一HARQ反馈的情况进行示例性的阐述:In the following, the case where the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit the first HARQ feedback will be exemplified in combination with different scenarios:
场景一、MBS HARQ反馈和单播HARQ反馈/单播PUSCH的冲突。 Scenario 1. Conflict between MBS HARQ feedback and unicast HARQ feedback/unicast PUSCH.
该场景下,第一HARQ反馈的传输为MBS HARQ传输,第一传输为单播HARQ反馈或者单播PUSCH。In this scenario, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is MBS HARQ transmission, and the first transmission is unicast HARQ feedback or unicast PUSCH.
例如,具体地,第一数据以组播方式传输。且第一通信装置还接收以单播方式传输的第二控制信息,第二控制信息用于调度以单播方式传输的第二数据。和/或,第一通信装置接收以单播方式传输的第二数据。其中,单播方式传输可以参考上文对步骤S601的介绍。For example, specifically, the first data is transmitted in a multicast manner. And the first communication device also receives second control information transmitted in a unicast manner, and the second control information is used to schedule the second data transmitted in a unicast manner. And/or, the first communication device receives the second data transmitted in a unicast manner. For the unicast transmission, reference may be made to the above description of step S601.
第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突,第一传输与第二数据相关联。例如,第一通信装置用于发送第一HARQ反馈的传输为PUCCH1,第一传输为第二HARQ反馈的传输,例如PUCCH2,或者,第一传输为第一数据传输,例如PUSCH1,PUCCH1与PUCCH2在同一个时隙内发生了冲突,低优先级的PUCCH1被drop。,The first communications apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, which is associated with the second data. For example, the transmission used by the first communication device to send the first HARQ feedback is PUCCH1, the first transmission is the transmission of the second HARQ feedback, such as PUCCH2, or the first transmission is the first data transmission, such as PUSCH1, and PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 are in A collision occurs in the same time slot, and PUCCH1 with low priority is dropped. ,
场景二、超可靠低延迟通信(ultra-reliable and low latency communications,URLLC)HARQ反馈和增强移动宽带(enhanced mobile broadband,eMBB)HARQ反馈/PUSCH的冲突。Scenario 2: Conflict between ultra-reliable and low latency communications (ultra-reliable and low latency communications, URLLC) HARQ feedback and enhanced mobile broadband (eMBB) HARQ feedback/PUSCH.
该场景下,第一HARQ反馈的传输为URLLC HARQ传输,第一传输为eMBB HARQ反馈传输或者PUSCH传输。In this scenario, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is URLLC HARQ transmission, and the first transmission is eMBB HARQ feedback transmission or PUSCH transmission.
具体地,本申请实施例中,第一数据包括URLLC数据。第一通信装置还接收第二控制信息,第二控制信息用于调度第二数据;和/或,第一通信装置接收第二数据;第二数据包括eMBB数据。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present application, the first data includes URLLC data. The first communication device further receives second control information, the second control information is used to schedule the second data; and/or the first communication device receives the second data; the second data includes eMBB data.
第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突,第一传输与第二数据相关联。例如,第一通信装置用于发送第一HARQ反馈的传输为PUCCH1,第一传输为第二HARQ反馈传输,例如发送eMBB HARQ反馈的PUCCH2,或者,第一传输为第一数据传输,例如PUCCH1,PUCCH1与PUCCH2在同一个时隙内发生了冲突,低优先级的PUCCH1被drop。,The first communications apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, which is associated with the second data. For example, the transmission used by the first communication apparatus to send the first HARQ feedback is PUCCH1, the first transmission is the second HARQ feedback transmission, such as PUCCH2 for sending eMBB HARQ feedback, or the first transmission is the first data transmission, such as PUCCH1, PUCCH1 and PUCCH2 collide in the same time slot, and PUCCH1 with low priority is dropped. ,
场景三、V2X场景中,SL传输和UL传输之间的冲突。 Scenario 3. In the V2X scenario, the conflict between SL transmission and UL transmission.
该场景下,第一HARQ反馈的传输为SL传输(例如,SL HARQ反馈),第一传输为UL传输。In this scenario, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is SL transmission (eg, SL HARQ feedback), and the first transmission is UL transmission.
例如,具体地,本申请实施例中,第一控制信息或第一数据是第一通信装置通过侧行链路SL接收的。For example, specifically, in this embodiment of the present application, the first control information or the first data is received by the first communication device through the sidelink SL.
第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突,第一传输与第二数据 相关联。例如,第一通信装置用于发送第一HARQ反馈的传输为PSFCH1,第一传输为第一数据传输,例如PUCCH1,PSFCH1与PUCCH1在同一个时隙内发生了冲突,低优先级的PSFCH1被drop。The first communications apparatus determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission, the first transmission being associated with the second data. For example, the transmission used by the first communication device to send the first HARQ feedback is PSFCH1, and the first transmission is the first data transmission, such as PUCCH1, PSFCH1 and PUCCH1 collide in the same time slot, and the low-priority PSFCH1 is dropped .
场景四、V2X场景中,SL HARQ反馈的接收和SL HARQ反馈的发送之间的冲突。 Scenario 4. In the V2X scenario, the conflict between the reception of SL HARQ feedback and the transmission of SL HARQ feedback.
该场景下,第一HARQ反馈的传输为SL HARQ反馈的发送,第一接收为SL HARQ反馈的接收。In this scenario, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is the transmission of the SL HARQ feedback, and the first reception is the reception of the SL HARQ feedback.
具体地,本申请实施例中,第一通信装置可以通过SL接收第一控制信息或第一数据,并发送对应的第一HARQ反馈,且第一通信装置通过SL发送第二控制信息或第二数据,并接收对应第二控制信息或第二数据的第三HARQ反馈。Specifically, in this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device may receive the first control information or the first data through the SL, and send the corresponding first HARQ feedback, and the first communication device may send the second control information or the second data through the SL. data, and receive third HARQ feedback corresponding to the second control information or the second data.
第一通信装置确定第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突,例如发送第一HARQ反馈的传输例如PSFCH1,第一接收例如PSFCH2,PSFCH1与PSFCH2在同一个时隙内发生了冲突,低优先级的PSFCH1被drop。The first communication device determines that the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception, for example, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback such as PSFCH1 is sent, and the first reception is such as PSFCH2, the collision of PSFCH1 and PSFCH2 occurs in the same time slot, and the priority is low The PSFCH1 is dropped.
对于步骤S1303,第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。基于该方案,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,会根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,从而可以在第一定时器启动或重启期间接收数据。而按照现有的单播DRX机制,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,因为不发送反馈信号所以无法启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。所以该方案解决了现有的单播DRX机制中,第一通信装置确定不传输HARQ反馈后,无法接受到后续可能发送的数据的问题。For step S1303, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time. Based on this solution, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, so that data can be received during the start or restart of the first timer. However, according to the existing unicast DRX mechanism, after the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot start or restart the first timer or the second timer because the feedback signal is not sent. Therefore, this solution solves the problem that in the existing unicast DRX mechanism, after the first communication device determines not to transmit HARQ feedback, it cannot receive data that may be sent subsequently.
本申请实施例中,第一通信装置需要确定第一时间。具体可以参考上述步骤S602中第一通信装置如何确定第一时间。基于该方案,还可以对齐不同通信装置的激活时间。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device needs to determine the first time. For details, refer to how the first communication apparatus determines the first time in the foregoing step S602. Based on this scheme, the activation times of different communication devices can also be aligned.
第一时间确定后,可选的,第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:After the first time is determined, optionally, the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes:
第一通信装置在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time.
或者,第一通信装置在第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。具体可参考上文对步骤S602的介绍,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource. For details, reference may be made to the above description of step S602, which will not be repeated here.
基于该方案,第一通信装置在第一时间后一个时间偏移量启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器,考虑到了第二通信装置在接收到其他通信装置的反馈之后进行重传所需要的处理时间,避免了第一通信装置进行无意义的监听。Based on this solution, the first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at a time offset after the first time, considering that the second communication device performs retransmission after receiving feedback from other communication devices. The required processing time avoids meaningless monitoring by the first communication device.
可选的,本申请实施例还包括:第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。具体可参考上文对步骤S602的介绍,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application further includes: when the second timer times out, starting or restarting the first timer. For details, reference may be made to the above description of step S602, which will not be repeated here.
可选的,上述步骤S1301至S1303的方案,还可以适用于NACK only的情况。例如,针对NACK only的情况,接收同一MBS的不同通信装置的反馈资源是共享的,若通信装置的HARQ反馈被drop,通信装置基于上述步骤S1303中确定的第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。Optionally, the solutions of the above steps S1301 to S1303 can also be applied to the case of NACK only. For example, in the case of NACK only, the feedback resources of different communication devices receiving the same MBS are shared, and if the HARQ feedback of the communication device is dropped, the communication device starts or restarts the first timer based on the first time determined in step S1303 above. or a second timer.
其中,上述步骤S1301至S1303中第一通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令终端设备执行;上述 步骤S1301至S1303中第二通信装置的动作可以由图4所示的通信装置中的处理器401调用存储器402中存储的应用程序代码以指令网络设备执行。本实施例对此不作任何限制。Wherein, the actions of the first communication device in the above steps S1301 to S1303 may be executed by the processor 401 in the communication device shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the terminal device to execute; The actions of the two communication apparatuses can be executed by the processor 401 in the communication apparatus shown in FIG. 4 calling the application code stored in the memory 402 to instruct the network device to execute. This embodiment does not impose any limitation on this.
可以理解的是,第一通信装置或第二通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。It can be understood that, in order to implement the above-mentioned functions, the first communication device or the second communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for executing each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that the present application can be implemented in hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each particular application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法实施例中对第一通信装置或第二通信装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。In this embodiment of the present application, the first communication device or the second communication device may be divided into functional modules according to the foregoing method embodiments. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated. in a processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware, and can also be implemented in the form of software function modules. It should be noted that, the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division manners in actual implementation.
示例性的,图14示出了一种通信装置140的结构示意图。该通信装置140包括处理模块1401和收发模块1402。所述收发模块1402,也可以称为收发单元用以实现收发功能,例如可以是收发电路,收发机,收发器或者通信接口。Exemplarily, FIG. 14 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication apparatus 140 . The communication device 140 includes a processing module 1401 and a transceiver module 1402 . The transceiver module 1402 may also be referred to as a transceiver unit to implement a transceiver function, for example, a transceiver circuit, a transceiver, a transceiver or a communication interface.
以通信装置140为上述方法实施例中的第一通信装置为例,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1402,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,收发模块1402,用于接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,收发模块1402,用于接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;处理模块1401,用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示收发模块1402接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示收发模块1402接收重传的数据前的时长。Taking the communication device 140 as the first communication device in the above method embodiment as an example, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to receive first control information, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data. One piece of data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the transceiver module 1402 is used to receive first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the transceiver module 1402, is used to receive first control information and first data, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; the processing module 1401 is used for according to The first timer starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to instruct the transceiver module 1402 to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the transceiver module 1402 to receive the retransmitted data before length of time.
可选的,第一控制信息以单播方式传输,或者,第一控制信息以组播方式传输。Optionally, the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
可选的,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。Optionally, the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource. The xth time domain resource after or before the position or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; alternatively, the first time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or the time domain of the first transmission resource Before the position or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or, the first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or the yth time After the domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data, and the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting the first control information or the first data.
可选的,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间或时间之前或时间之后;或者,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后。Optionally, the first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or, the first time includes after or before the second time, and The duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
可选的,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之 前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。Optionally, the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or the second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource. The xth time domain resource after or before the location or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
可选的,第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。Optionally, the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource, or the second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource. The yth time domain resource after or before the position or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting first control information or first data.
可选的,处理模块1401,还用于获取指示信息,指示信息包括第一时间的信息;处理模块1401,还用于根据指示信息确定第一时间。Optionally, the processing module 1401 is further configured to acquire indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time; the processing module 1401 is further configured to determine the first time according to the indication information.
可选的,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之前或之后的第w个时域资源或第w个时域资源前或第w个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。Optionally, the first time includes the wth time domain resource before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the wth time domain resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein the first feedback resource and The first data is associated.
可选的,处理模块1401用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:处理模块1401用于在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,处理模块1401用于在第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。Optionally, the processing module 1401 configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time includes: the processing module 1401 is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer at the first time; or , the processing module 1401 is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource.
可选的,第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。Optionally, when the second timer times out, the first timer is started or restarted.
以通信装置140为上述方法实施例中的第一通信装置为例,一种可能的实现方式中,收发模块1402,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,收发模块1402,用于接收第一数据;处理模块1401,用于确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联;处理模块1401,用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。Taking the communication device 140 as the first communication device in the above method embodiment as an example, in a possible implementation manner, the transceiver module 1402 is configured to receive the first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and /or, the transceiver module 1402, for receiving the first data; the processing module 1401, for determining not to transmit the HARQ feedback of the first hybrid automatic repeat request, the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; the processing module 1401, for Start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmission time before the data.
可选的,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突。Optionally, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
可选的,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一传输对应的优先级;或者,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于所述第一接收对应的优先级。Optionally, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first reception.
可选的,第一传输包括以下任一项或多项:第二HARQ反馈的传输、第一数据传输、第一侧行链路传输。Optionally, the first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of the second HARQ feedback, first data transmission, and first sidelink transmission.
可选的,第一接收包括以下任一项或多项:第三HARQ反馈的接收。Optionally, the first receiving includes any one or more of the following: receiving a third HARQ feedback.
在本实施例中,该通信装置140以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。In this embodiment, the communication apparatus 140 is presented in the form of dividing each functional module in an integrated manner. "Module" herein may refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory executing one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other device that may provide the functions described above.
在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置140可以采用图4所示的通信装置400的形式。In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device 140 may take the form of the communication device 400 shown in FIG. 4 .
比如,图4所示的通信装置400中的处理器401或407可以通过调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令,使得通信装置400执行上述方法实施例中的数据分析方法。具体的,图14中的处理模块1401的功能/实现过程可以通过图4所示的通信装置400中的处理器401或407调用存储器403中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。For example, the processor 401 or 407 in the communication apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 4 may invoke the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 403 to cause the communication apparatus 400 to execute the data analysis method in the above method embodiment. Specifically, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1401 in FIG. 14 can be implemented by the processor 401 or 407 in the communication apparatus 400 shown in FIG. 4 calling the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory 403 .
由于本实施例提供的通信装置140可执行上述数据传输方法,因此其所能获得的 技术效果可参考上述方法实施例,在此不再赘述。Since the communication device 140 provided in this embodiment can perform the above-mentioned data transmission method, the technical effect that can be obtained can be referred to the above-mentioned method embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,以上模块或单元的一个或多个可以软件、硬件或二者结合来实现。当以上任一模块或单元以软件实现的时候,所述软件以计算机程序指令的方式存在,并被存储在存储器中,处理器可以用于执行所述程序指令并实现以上方法流程。该处理器可以内置于SoC(片上系统)或ASIC,也可是一个独立的半导体芯片。该处理器内处理用于执行软件指令以进行运算或处理的核外,还可进一步包括必要的硬件加速器,如现场可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)、PLD(可编程逻辑器件)、或者实现专用逻辑运算的逻辑电路。It should be noted that, one or more of the above modules or units may be implemented by software, hardware or a combination of both. When any of the above modules or units are implemented in software, the software exists in the form of computer program instructions and is stored in the memory, and the processor can be used to execute the program instructions and implement the above method flow. The processor can be built into a SoC (system on chip) or an ASIC, or it can be an independent semiconductor chip. In addition to the core for executing software instructions for operation or processing, the internal processing of the processor may further include necessary hardware accelerators, such as field programmable gate array (FPGA), PLD (Programmable Logic Device) , or a logic circuit that implements dedicated logic operations.
当以上模块或单元以硬件实现的时候,该硬件可以是CPU、微处理器、数字信号处理(digital signal processing,DSP)芯片、微控制单元(microcontroller unit,MCU)、人工智能处理器、ASIC、SoC、FPGA、PLD、专用数字电路、硬件加速器或非集成的分立器件中的任一个或任一组合,其可以运行必要的软件或不依赖于软件以执行以上方法流程。When the above modules or units are implemented in hardware, the hardware can be CPU, microprocessor, digital signal processing (DSP) chip, microcontroller unit (MCU), artificial intelligence processor, ASIC, Any or any combination of SoCs, FPGAs, PLDs, dedicated digital circuits, hardware accelerators, or non-integrated discrete devices that may or may not run the necessary software to perform the above method flows.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供了一种芯片系统,包括:至少一个处理器和接口,该至少一个处理器通过接口与存储器耦合,当该至少一个处理器执行存储器中的计算机程序或指令时,使得上述任一方法实施例中的方法被执行。在一种可能的实现方式中,该通信装置还包括存储器。可选的,该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a chip system, including: at least one processor and an interface, the at least one processor is coupled to the memory through the interface, and when the at least one processor executes the computer program or instruction in the memory , the method in any of the above method embodiments is executed. In a possible implementation, the communication device further includes a memory. Optionally, the chip system may be composed of chips, or may include chips and other discrete devices, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, all or part of the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated. The computer may be a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions may be downloaded from a website site, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website site, computer, server, or data center by wire (eg, coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line, DSL) or wireless (eg, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or data storage devices including one or more servers, data centers, etc. that can be integrated with the medium. The usable media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tapes), optical media (eg, DVDs), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disks (SSDs)), and the like.
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看所述附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现所述公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the application is described herein in conjunction with the various embodiments, those skilled in the art will understand and understand from a review of the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims in practicing the claimed application. Other variations of the disclosed embodiments are implemented. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "an" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may fulfill the functions of several items recited in the claims. The mere fact that certain measures are recited in mutually different dependent claims does not indicate that these measures cannot be combined to advantage.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅 仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it will be apparent that various modifications and combinations can be made therein without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, this specification and drawings are merely illustrative of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the present application without departing from the spirit and scope of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the present application and their equivalents, the present application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.
2.3.3.1发明方案实施例一的技术方案2.3.3.1 The technical solution of the first embodiment of the invention solution
本实施例要解决的问题是,网络如何能够正确确定终端的fallback BC的带宽,使网络无需对fallback进行重配,既保证能力信令开销最小,又能保证避免网络配置终端不支持的fallback BC的带宽而导致终端通信失败,或避免网络不能为终端配置合适的带宽而导致终端功耗过高或影响网络的峰值速率。The problem to be solved in this embodiment is how the network can correctly determine the bandwidth of the fallback BC of the terminal, so that the network does not need to reconfigure the fallback, which not only ensures the minimum capability signaling overhead, but also ensures that the network configuration of the fallback BC not supported by the terminal can be avoided. If the bandwidth is too high, the terminal communication fails, or the network cannot configure a suitable bandwidth for the terminal, resulting in excessive power consumption of the terminal or affecting the peak rate of the network.
本实施例的主要发明点概述:An overview of the main inventive points of this embodiment:
如果第一频段组合的第一回落频段组合的第一频段对于第N带宽组合集对应的载波带宽不完全包含第一频段组合的第一频段对于第N带宽组合集对应的载波带宽,则终端设备向网络设备上报第一回落频段组合。If the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Nth bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band of the first fallback frequency band combination does not completely include the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Nth bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band of the first frequency band combination, the terminal device Report the first fallback frequency band combination to the network device.
所述终端设备确定所述第一回落频段组合的第M带宽组合集,所述终端设备向所述网络设备上报所述第M带宽组合集,所述第一回落频段组合的第一频段对于第M带宽组合集对应的载波带宽包含所述第一频段组合的第一频段对于第N带宽组合集对应的载波带宽;The terminal device determines the Mth bandwidth combination set of the first fallback frequency band combination, the terminal device reports the Mth bandwidth combination set to the network device, and the first frequency band of the first fallback frequency band combination is for the Mth bandwidth combination set. The carrier bandwidth corresponding to the M bandwidth combination set includes the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Nth bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band of the first frequency band combination;
终端设备向网络设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示第一频段组合的回落频段组合的载波带宽确定方式。上述确定方式包括:根据所述第一频段组合的带宽组合集确定,或根据所述第一频段组合的载波带宽确定。The terminal device sends first indication information to the network device, where the first indication information is used to indicate the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback frequency band combination of the first frequency band combination. The above determination method includes: determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination, or determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination.
所述根据所述第一频段组合的带宽组合集确定,包括:回落频段组合的载波带宽为第P带宽组合集对应的载波带宽,所述第P带宽组合集是所述第一频段组合支持的带宽组合集;The determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Pth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set is supported by the first frequency band combination. Bandwidth Combination Set;
所述根据所述第一频段组合的载波带宽确定,包括:所述回落频段组合的载波带宽为所述第一频段组合支持的带宽组合集对应的载波带宽。The determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is a carrier bandwidth corresponding to a bandwidth combination set supported by the first frequency band combination.
终端设备接收网络设备发送的第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示确定第一频段组合的回落频段组合的载波带宽确定方式。所述终端设备根据所述第二指示信息指示的确定方式确定第一频段组合的回落频段组合的载波带宽。上述确定方式包括:根据所述第一频段组合的带宽组合集确定,或根据所述第一频段组合的载波带宽确定。The terminal device receives second indication information sent by the network device, where the second indication information is used to indicate a carrier bandwidth determination manner for determining the fallback frequency band combination of the first frequency band combination. The terminal device determines the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination of the first frequency band combination according to the determination method indicated by the second indication information. The above determination method includes: determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination, or determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination.
所述根据所述第一频段组合的带宽组合集确定,包括:回落频段组合的载波带宽为第P带宽组合集对应的载波带宽,所述第P带宽组合集是所述第一频段组合支持的带宽组合集;The determining according to the bandwidth combination set of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the Pth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set is supported by the first frequency band combination. Bandwidth Combination Set;
所述根据所述第一频段组合的载波带宽确定,包括:所述回落频段组合的载波带宽为所述第一频段组合支持的带宽组合集对应的载波带宽。The determining according to the carrier bandwidth of the first frequency band combination includes: the carrier bandwidth of the fallback frequency band combination is a carrier bandwidth corresponding to a bandwidth combination set supported by the first frequency band combination.
本发明中的第N带宽组合集,第M带宽组合集,第P带宽组合集可以指代一个或多个带宽组合集。In the present invention, the Nth bandwidth combination set, the Mth bandwidth combination set, and the Pth bandwidth combination set may refer to one or more bandwidth combination sets.
概括地说,本发明的主要发明点有:In a nutshell, the main inventive points of the present invention are:
1)对于给定频段组合(Band Combination,BC),如果对于相同的带宽组合集(Bandwidth Combination Set,BCS),其回落BC(fallback BC)在该BCS上在给定频段支持的载波带宽不能够完全包含(少于或部分包含)上述BC(后文称为super BC)在该频段上支持的载波带宽,终端根据super BC支持的载波带宽确定fallback BC的BCS,fallback BC在上述BCS下对应的载波带宽不少于(相同或多于)super BC的载波带宽,UE显示上报上述fallback BC。1) For a given frequency band combination (Band Combination, BC), if for the same bandwidth combination set (Bandwidth Combination Set, BCS), its fallback BC (fallback BC) cannot support the carrier bandwidth in the given frequency band on the BCS. Fully contain (less than or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by the above BC (hereinafter referred to as super BC) in this frequency band, the terminal determines the BCS of the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC, and the fallback BC corresponds to the above BCS The carrier bandwidth is not less than (same or more than) the carrier bandwidth of the super BC, and the UE displays and reports the above fallback BC.
2)当终端未显示上报fallback BC时,网络根据super BC的BCS确定Fallback BC支持的带宽;如果UE显示上报fallback BC,那么网络根据显示上报的fallback BC的BCS确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽。2) When the terminal does not display and report the fallback BC, the network determines the bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS of the super BC; if the UE displays and reports the fallback BC, then the network determines the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS of the reported fallback BC.
3)UE向网络发送指示信息,指示fallback BC的载波带宽确定方式。上述确定方式包括:1、根据super BC的BCS确定fallback BC在该BCS下支持的载波带宽,fallback BC支持与super BC相同的BCS;2、根据super BC的载波带宽(根据super BC的BCS确定的带宽)确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽,fallback BC支持与super BC相同的载波带宽。3) The UE sends indication information to the network, indicating the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC. The above determination methods include: 1. Determine the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC, and the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC; 2. According to the carrier bandwidth of the super BC (determined according to the BCS of the super BC) Bandwidth) determines the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC, fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as super BC.
增强移动带宽(eMBB,Enhanced Mobile Broadband)是5G应用的一个重要场景,该场景的典型应用包括2k/4k视频和VR/AR等。这些应用要求超高的传输数据速率:上行峰值速率达到10Gbit/s,下行峰值速率要达到20Gbit/s。峰值速率与用户可获得的带宽息息相关。为了提升峰值速率,满足eMBB场景的要求,只能增加小区带宽。如果单个小区的带宽固定,可以考虑将多个小区的带宽聚合起来使用,这就是载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)技术。CA将多个分量载波(Component Carrier,CC)聚合起来之后,峰值速率可获得几乎成比例的提升。Enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB) is an important scenario for 5G applications, and typical applications of this scenario include 2k/4k video and VR/AR. These applications require ultra-high transmission data rates: up to 10Gbit/s peak uplink rate, and downlink peak rate up to 20Gbit/s. The peak rate is closely related to the bandwidth available to the user. In order to increase the peak rate and meet the requirements of the eMBB scenario, only the cell bandwidth can be increased. If the bandwidth of a single cell is fixed, it may be considered to aggregate the bandwidths of multiple cells for use, which is the carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) technology. After CA aggregates multiple Component Carriers (CCs), the peak rate can be increased almost proportionally.
载波聚合中,有一个载波称为主载波(Primary Carrier,PCC),PCC对应的小区称为主小区(Primary cell,PCell),UE通过主载波上的无线资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)信令进行载波的管理,其他的载波称为辅载波(Secondary Carrier,SCC),SCC对应的小区称为辅小区(Secondary cell,SCell)。In carrier aggregation, there is one carrier called the primary carrier (PCC), and the cell corresponding to the PCC is called the primary cell (PCell). Let the management of the carrier be performed, other carriers are called secondary carriers (Secondary Carrier, SCC), and the cell corresponding to the SCC is called secondary cell (Secondary cell, SCell).
此外,在双连接(DC,Dual Connectivity)架构下,也支持载波聚合。DC中,UE与两个基站的小区同时连接(这里的基站是指逻辑上的基站),主基站是MN(Master Node),辅基站是SN(Secondary Node),MN和SN都可以独自做CA。MN组成CA的小区称为主小区组(MCG,Master Cell Group),SN组成CA的小区称为辅小区组(SCG,Secondary Cell Group)。SCG中的PCC,称为PSCell。In addition, under the Dual Connectivity (DC, Dual Connectivity) architecture, carrier aggregation is also supported. In the DC, the UE is connected to the cells of two base stations at the same time (the base station here refers to the logical base station), the primary base station is the MN (Master Node), the secondary base station is the SN (Secondary Node), and both MN and SN can do CA alone. . The cell where the MN forms the CA is called the Master Cell Group (MCG), and the cell where the SN forms the CA is called the Secondary Cell Group (SCG). PCC in SCG, called PSCell.
网络的CA能力,即CA的规格,包括最多聚合多少载波,最大聚合带宽,哪些CC能够聚合在一起,在协议中有明确规定,需要满足频段和带宽方面的要求,也与CA的类型有关。The CA capability of the network, that is, the specification of the CA, includes how many carriers can be aggregated at most, the maximum aggregated bandwidth, and which CCs can be aggregated together. It is clearly stipulated in the protocol, and the frequency band and bandwidth requirements need to be met, which is also related to the type of CA.
CA有以下三种类型:There are three types of CAs:
1)频段内连续载波聚合:CC同属一个频段,且在频域上连续1) In-band continuous carrier aggregation: CCs belong to the same frequency band and are continuous in the frequency domain
2)频段内非连续载波聚合:CC同属一个频段,但在频域上不连续2) In-band non-contiguous carrier aggregation: CCs belong to the same frequency band, but are discontinuous in the frequency domain
3)频段间载波聚合:CC属于不同的频段(因为属于不同频段,因此多个CC之间在频域上基本都是不连续的)3) Carrier aggregation between frequency bands: CCs belong to different frequency bands (because they belong to different frequency bands, multiple CCs are basically discontinuous in the frequency domain)
上述3种不同类型的CA,对频段和带宽的组合要求也不同。具体可在3GPP TS38.101的相关章节查阅。The above three different types of CA have different requirements for the combination of frequency bands and bandwidths. Details can be found in the relevant chapters of 3GPP TS38.101.
CA的规格是从基站角度描述基站的CA能力,由于CA的实现与UE的能力强相关,因此,某个UE实际可获得的CA能力,由UE本身和其所连接的基站的CA能力共同决定。UE的CA能力,主要指UE可支持的频段组合(band combination,BC)相关的能力。The specification of CA describes the CA capability of the base station from the point of view of the base station. Since the implementation of CA is strongly related to the capability of the UE, the CA capability that a UE can actually obtain is determined by the CA capability of the UE itself and the base station it is connected to. . The CA capability of the UE mainly refers to the capability related to the band combination (BC) that the UE can support.
在初始注册流程中,基站通过UE能力查询(UECapabilityEnquiry)信令查询UE无线能力后,UE通过UE能力信息(UECapabilityInformation)信令给基站上报UE无线能力,UE在UECapabilityInformation中的RF-Parameters信元中,会上报UE支持的频段组合列表(supportedBandCombinationList),其中包含UE支持的BC。对每个BC,UE上报组成该BC的频段相关信息,包括频段的编号、频段的带宽等级(bandwidthClass)等,频段的带宽等级(A,B,C,D,E……)指示了这个频段的最大连续聚合载波数目、聚合的信道带宽的范围、和回落组等,参见3GPP TS 38.101-1。In the initial registration process, after the base station queries the UE wireless capabilities through UE CapabilityEnquiry signaling, the UE reports the UE wireless capabilities to the base station through UE CapabilityInformation signaling. , and reports a list of frequency band combinations supported by the UE (supportedBandCombinationList), which includes the BCs supported by the UE. For each BC, the UE reports the information about the frequency bands that make up the BC, including the number of the frequency band, the bandwidth class (bandwidthClass) of the frequency band, etc. The bandwidth class (A, B, C, D, E...) of the frequency band indicates the frequency band The maximum number of consecutive aggregated carriers, the range of aggregated channel bandwidth, and the fallback group, etc., see 3GPP TS 38.101-1.
对每个BC,还会上报该BC支持的带宽组合集(BandwidthCombinationSet,BCS),BCS是一个标识(为了方便理解,后文中将这个标识称为BCS ID,也可以直接称为BCS),标识了该BC的不同带宽组合。因为协议支持的带宽组合在演进,为了方便识别UE能力,增加了该标识。UE上报的BCS为0,则代表支持该BC中的BCS 0对应的带宽组合。For each BC, the BandwidthCombinationSet (BCS) supported by the BC will also be reported. BCS is an identifier (for the convenience of understanding, this identifier will be referred to as the BCS ID in the following text, or it can also be directly referred to as BCS). Different bandwidth combinations for this BC. Because the bandwidth combination supported by the protocol is evolving, this identifier is added for the convenience of identifying the UE capability. The BCS reported by the UE is 0, which means that the bandwidth combination corresponding to the BCS 0 in the BC is supported.
以CA_n78C为例,CA_n78C代表在NR频段n78上具有带宽等级C的CA组合,该CA组合支持下行和上行的CA。其中,对于BCS 0,n78频段内的2个连续载波可以为{50}MHz和{60,80,100}MHz带宽的载波之间的聚合,或{60}MHz和{60,80,100}MHz带宽的载波之间的聚合,或{80}MHz和{80,100}MHz带宽的载波之间的聚合,或{100}MHz和{100}MHz带宽的载波之间的聚合。Taking CA_n78C as an example, CA_n78C represents a CA combination with bandwidth class C on NR band n78, which supports both downstream and upstream CA. Among them, for BCS 0, the 2 contiguous carriers in the n78 band can be aggregated between carriers of {50}MHz and {60,80,100}MHz bandwidths, or carriers of {60}MHz and {60,80,100}MHz bandwidths Aggregation between {80}MHz and {80,100}MHz bandwidth carriers, or {100}MHz and {100}MHz bandwidth carriers.
CA_n3A-n78A代表NR频段n3上具有带宽等级A的单载波和NR频段n78上具有带宽等级A的单载波之间的频段间的CA组合。对该CA组合的CA配置中,BCS0对应了不同子载波间隔(SCS)下每个频段所支持的带宽。在BCS 0下,对于n3频段,15kHz SCS下支持的带宽为{5,10,15,20,25,30}MHz,在30kHz和60kHz SCS下支持的带宽为{10,15,20,25,30}MHz;对于n78频段,在15kHz SCS下支持的带宽为{10,15,20,40,50}MHz,在30kHz和60kHz SCS下支持的带宽为{10,15,20,40,50,60,80,90,100}MHz。CA_n3A-n78A represents the inter-band CA combination between a single carrier with bandwidth class A on NR band n3 and a single carrier with bandwidth class A on NR band n78. In the CA configuration of the CA combination, BCS0 corresponds to the bandwidth supported by each frequency band under different subcarrier spacing (SCS). Under BCS 0, for band n3, the supported bandwidths are {5,10,15,20,25,30}MHz at 15kHz SCS and {10,15,20,25, 30}MHz; for band n78, the supported bandwidths are {10,15,20,40,50}MHz at 15kHz SCS and {10,15,20,40,50, 30kHz and 60kHz SCS 60,80,90,100}MHz.
在UE能力中,对每个BC,UE通过一个32位的比特串来上报UE对该BC支持的BCS,比特串的第一位/最左位代表BCS 0,第二位代表BCS 1,依次类推,最右位/最后一位表示BCS 31。比特位置1表示UE支持对应的BCS,置0标识UE不支持对应的BCS。In the UE capability, for each BC, the UE reports the BCS supported by the UE for the BC through a 32-bit bit string. The first/leftmost bit of the bit string represents BCS 0, the second bit represents BCS 1, and so on. By analogy, the rightmost/last digit represents BCS 31. Bit position 1 indicates that the UE supports the corresponding BCS, and bit position 0 indicates that the UE does not support the corresponding BCS.
然而,随着通信的发展,协议规定了越来越多的CA组合,在UE能力中上报的BC也越来越多。为了节约BC上报的信令开销,引入了回退BC(fallback BC)机制。回退BC指的是由于释放至少一个SCell或SCell的上行配置,或SCG,而从一个BC中得到的BC,得到的这个BC就称为回退BC,原来的BC在本发明中用super BC来指代。对一个给定的BC来说,UE应支持其所有的回退BC。当回退BC具有相同 的能力时,UE不需要在UE能力中显示上报这个回退BC,因此大大节约了信令开销。However, with the development of communication, more and more CA combinations are specified in the protocol, and more and more BCs are reported in the UE capability. In order to save the signaling overhead of BC reporting, a fallback BC (fallback BC) mechanism is introduced. The fallback BC refers to the BC obtained from a BC due to the release of at least one SCell or the uplink configuration of the SCell, or the SCG, and the obtained BC is called a fallback BC. The original BC uses super BC in the present invention. to refer to. For a given BC, the UE shall support all its fallback BCs. When the fallback BC has the same capability, the UE does not need to display and report the fallback BC in the UE capability, thus greatly saving signaling overhead.
当释放了SCell或SCell的上行配置或SCG之后,如果得到的fallback BC与释放之前的BC(后文用super BC指代)能力相同,则UE无需显示上报这个fallback BC的能力,网络可以根据super BC的能力推断出fallback BC的能力;但如果得到的fallback BC的能力发生了变化,则UE需要显示上报具有附加功能的fallback BC。When the SCell or SCell uplink configuration or SCG is released, if the obtained fallback BC has the same capability as the BC (referred to as super BC hereinafter) before the release, the UE does not need to display the ability to report the fallback BC. The capability of the BC infers the capability of the fallback BC; however, if the obtained capability of the fallback BC changes, the UE needs to report the fallback BC with additional functions.
然而,根据TS 38.101,在相同的BCS下,不同的BC的同一个频段支持的带宽不同。举例说明,BCS 0下super BC(CA_n3A-n78C)和其fallback BC(CA_n3A-n78A)在n78频段支持不同的载波带宽。However, according to TS 38.101, under the same BCS, different BCs support different bandwidths in the same frequency band. For example, the super BC (CA_n3A-n78C) and its fallback BC (CA_n3A-n78A) under BCS 0 support different carrier bandwidths in the n78 band.
对于BC n3A-n78C,BCS 0对于n78对应的载波带宽是{50,60,80,100}MHz(对30kHz/60kHz SCS);For BC n3A-n78C, the corresponding carrier bandwidth of BCS 0 for n78 is {50, 60, 80, 100} MHz (for 30kHz/60kHz SCS);
对于BC n3A-n78A,BCS 0对于n78对应的载波带宽是{10,15,20,40,50,60,80,90,100}MHz(对30kHz/60kHz SCS)For BC n3A-n78A, the corresponding carrier bandwidth of BCS 0 for n78 is {10,15,20,40,50,60,80,90,100}MHz (for 30kHz/60kHz SCS)
当fallback BC的能力与super BC的能力相同时,网络无需对UE进行重配置,此时UE在fallback BC的频段上支持的带宽应不少于super BC在该频段上支持的带宽。When the capabilities of the fallback BC are the same as those of the super BC, the network does not need to reconfigure the UE. At this time, the bandwidth supported by the UE in the frequency band of the fallback BC should not be less than the bandwidth supported by the super BC in the frequency band.
然而,如前所述,由于相同BCS下super BC和fallback BC在相同频段上支持的载波带宽可能相同或者不同或者不完全相同,fallback BC在某一频段上支持的载波带宽可能包含,不包含,或部分包含super BC在该频段上支持的载波带宽。那么当fallback BC定义了与super BC相同的BCS,结合BCS,网络和终端对未显示上报的fallback BC的带宽存在两种可能的确定方式:However, as mentioned above, since the carrier bandwidths supported by super BC and fallback BC in the same frequency band under the same BCS may be the same or different or not exactly the same, the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC in a certain frequency band may or may not include, Or partially contain the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC on this frequency band. Then, when the fallback BC defines the same BCS as the super BC, combined with the BCS, there are two possible ways for the network and the terminal to determine the bandwidth of the fallback BC that is not reported:
1)fallback BC支持与super BC相同的BCS,根据该BCS确定fallback BC在该BCS下支持的载波带宽;1) The fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS is determined according to the BCS;
2)fallback BC支持与super BC相同的载波带宽,根据super BC在super BC的BCS下支持的带宽确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽。2) The fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is determined according to the bandwidth supported by the super BC under the BCS of the super BC.
因此,对于BCS确定的fallback BC带宽有如下可能的情况:Therefore, there are the following possible situations for the fallback BC bandwidth determined by BCS:
情况1:相同BCS下,fallback BC在相同频段上支持的载波带宽与super BC支持的载波带宽相同;Case 1: Under the same BCS, the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC on the same frequency band is the same as the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC;
UE和网络确定的Fallback BC支持的载波带宽是一致的,无论采用确定方式1还是确定方式2。The carrier bandwidth supported by the Fallback BC determined by the UE and the network is the same, regardless of whether the determination method 1 or the determination method 2 is adopted.
情况2:相同BCS下,fallback BC在相同频段上支持的载波带宽多于super BC支持的载波带宽;Case 2: Under the same BCS, the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC on the same frequency band is more than the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC;
结合前例说明。当BC n3A-n78A是BC n3A-n78C的fallback BC时,BC n3A-n78A中n78支持的载波带宽包含且多于BC n3A-n78C中n78支持的载波带宽。那么,在上述两种确定方式下,BC n3A-n78A中n78频段支持的载波带宽为:Combined with the previous example. When BC n3A-n78A is the fallback BC of BC n3A-n78C, the carrier bandwidth supported by n78 in BC n3A-n78A includes and is more than the carrier bandwidth supported by n78 in BC n3A-n78C. Then, under the above two determination methods, the carrier bandwidth supported by the n78 frequency band in BC n3A-n78A is:
基于方式1:{10,15,20,40,50,60,80,90,100}MHzBased on Mode 1: {10,15,20,40,50,60,80,90,100}MHz
基于方式2:{50,60,80,100}MHzBased on Mode 2: {50,60,80,100}MHz
因此,如果网络和UE对fallback BC支持的载波带宽的确定方式不一致,就会产生兼容性问题。如果网络采用确定方式1,但UE采用确定方式2,则会导致网络配置UE不支持的带宽,导致通信中断;如果网络采用确定方式2,UE采用确定方式1, 则网络不知道某些Fallback BC支持的载波带宽,导致网络配置的带宽不够丰富,如果网络无法配置某些带宽值,会影响网络的峰值速率,或网络无法配置某些较小的带宽值,会导致UE能耗过高。Therefore, if the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is inconsistently determined by the network and the UE, compatibility issues will arise. If the network adopts the determination method 1, but the UE adopts the determination method 2, it will cause the network to configure the bandwidth that the UE does not support, resulting in communication interruption; if the network adopts the determination method 2 and the UE adopts the determination method 1, the network does not know some Fallback BCs. The supported carrier bandwidth results in insufficient bandwidth configured by the network. If the network cannot configure certain bandwidth values, the peak rate of the network will be affected, or the network cannot configure certain smaller bandwidth values, resulting in excessive UE energy consumption.
情况3:相同BCS下,fallback BC在相同频段上支持的载波带宽少于或部分包含super BC支持的载波带宽;Case 3: Under the same BCS, the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC on the same frequency band is less than or partially includes the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC;
如果网络采用确定方式1,由于fallback BC的带宽没有完全包含super BC,则网络需要根据fallback BC支持的载波带宽对UE进行重配,会增大业务时延,降低服务质量,影响用户体验。If the network adopts the determination method 1, since the bandwidth of the fallback BC does not completely include the super BC, the network needs to reconfigure the UE according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC, which will increase the service delay, reduce the service quality, and affect the user experience.
因此,本发明提出一种fallback BC的载波带宽的确定方法,使得网络和UE都能够对确定的fallback BC的带宽保持一致,避免网络对fallback BC进行重配,本发明既能保证能力信令开销最小,又能保证避免网络配置终端不支持的fallback BC的载波带宽而导致终端通信失败,或避免网络不能为终端配置合适的载波带宽而导致终端功耗过高或影响网络的峰值速率。Therefore, the present invention proposes a method for determining the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC, so that both the network and the UE can keep the determined bandwidth of the fallback BC consistent, avoiding the network reconfiguring the fallback BC, and the present invention can not only ensure the capability signaling overhead It can also ensure that the terminal communication fails due to the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC that is not supported by the terminal configured by the network, or that the network cannot configure a suitable carrier bandwidth for the terminal, resulting in excessive power consumption of the terminal or affecting the peak rate of the network.
一种方法一:One method one:
对终端来说,如果fallback BC支持与super BC相同的BCS,这里支持的含义包括为fallback BC定义了该BCS且fallback BC也支持该BCS,并且,如果对相同BCS,fallback BC在给定频段上支持的载波带宽不少于super BC在该频段上支持的载波带宽,那么,终端根据BCS确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽,上述BCS是super BC支持的BCS;或者说,终端根据super BC的BCS确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽。终端可以根据上述fallback BC支持的载波带宽确定该fallback BC进行CA时每个频段上支持的载波带宽。当fallback BC支持的其他能力和特性集与super BC相同,终端无需显示上报fallback BC。For the terminal, if the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC, the meaning of support here includes that the BCS is defined for the fallback BC and the fallback BC also supports the BCS, and, if for the same BCS, the fallback BC is on a given frequency band The supported carrier bandwidth is not less than the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC in this frequency band. Then, the terminal determines the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS. The above BCS is the BCS supported by the super BC; in other words, the terminal determines the BCS based on the super BC. The carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC. The terminal may determine the carrier bandwidth supported on each frequency band when the fallback BC performs CA according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC. When the other capabilities and feature sets supported by fallback BC are the same as those of super BC, the terminal does not need to display and report fallback BC.
如果fallback BC支持与super BC相同的BCS(这里支持的含义是为fallback BC定义了该BCS且fallback BC也支持该BCS),并且,如果对于与super BC相同的BCS,fallback BC在该BCS上在给定频段支持的载波带宽不能够完全包含(少于或部分包含)super BC在该频段上支持的载波带宽,那么,UE显示上报上述fallback BC。UE根据super BC支持的载波带宽(根据super BC的BCS确定的带宽)确定上报的fallback BC的BCS,确定的方式是fallback BC在确定的BCS下对应的载波带宽不少于(相同或多于)super BC的载波带宽。If the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC (the meaning of support here is that the BCS is defined for the fallback BC and the fallback BC also supports the BCS), and, if for the same BCS as the super BC, the fallback BC is on the BCS at If the carrier bandwidth supported by a given frequency band cannot completely contain (less than or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC in this frequency band, the UE displays and reports the above fallback BC. The UE determines the reported BCS of the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC (the bandwidth determined according to the BCS of the super BC). The carrier bandwidth of super BC.
对网络来说,如果终端未显示上报fallback BC,网络根据BCS确定fallback BC支持的带宽,上述BCS是super BC支持的BCS;或者说,网络根据super BC的BCS确定fallback BC在该BCS下支持的带宽。For the network, if the terminal does not report the fallback BC, the network determines the bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS. The above BCS is the BCS supported by the super BC; in other words, the network determines the fallback BC supported by the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC. bandwidth.
如果UE显示上报fallback BC,那么网络根据显示上报的fallback BC的BCS确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽。If the UE displays and reports the fallback BC, the network determines the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the BCS that displays the reported fallback BC.
本方法的好处是,大多数情况下,对于一个相同的BCS,UE在fallback BC的频段上支持的带宽不少于super BC在该频段上支持的带宽,因此,这种情况下UE无需显示上报fallback BC,网络可以根据super BC的BCS,根据TS 38.101中的CA配置表格,查找该BCS对应的fallback BC的载波带宽。本方法下,可以节约信令开销。同时,如果对于一个相同的BCS,UE在fallback BC的频段上支持的带宽多于super BC 在该频段上支持的带宽,那么网络也可以获知到UE除了super BC在该频段上支持的带宽之外的fallback BC额外支持的带宽,能够正确理解UE能力,做出合适的CA配置,在相应的场景下有效提升网络峰值速率,或保证UE能耗。The advantage of this method is that in most cases, for the same BCS, the bandwidth supported by the UE on the frequency band of the fallback BC is not less than the bandwidth supported by the super BC on the frequency band. Therefore, in this case, the UE does not need to display the report. For fallback BC, the network can search the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC corresponding to the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC and the CA configuration table in TS 38.101. Under this method, signaling overhead can be saved. At the same time, if for the same BCS, the bandwidth supported by the UE in the frequency band of the fallback BC is more than the bandwidth supported by the super BC in the frequency band, the network can also learn that the UE is in addition to the bandwidth supported by the super BC in this frequency band. The additional bandwidth supported by the fallback BC can correctly understand the UE capabilities, make appropriate CA configurations, effectively increase the network peak rate in the corresponding scenario, or ensure the UE energy consumption.
同时,如果fallback BC在相同BCS下对应的带宽少于或仅部分包含super BC在该BCS下对应的带宽,那么UE可以通过本方法上报fallbackBC并确定上报的fallback BC的BCS,使网络能够正确理解UE在fallback BC上支持的载波带宽的能力,避免网络对UE进行重配。At the same time, if the bandwidth corresponding to the fallback BC under the same BCS is less than or only partially includes the bandwidth corresponding to the super BC under the BCS, the UE can report the fallback BC through this method and determine the reported BCS of the fallback BC, so that the network can correctly understand The capability of the carrier bandwidth supported by the UE on the fallback BC to prevent the network from reconfiguring the UE.
一种方法二:One method two:
UE向网络发送指示信息,指示fallback BC的载波带宽确定方式,或者说UE在fallback BC上支持的载波带宽的能力。上述确定方式包括:The UE sends indication information to the network, indicating the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC, or the capability of the carrier bandwidth supported by the UE on the fallback BC. The above determination methods include:
1)根据super BC的BCS确定fallback BC在该BCS下支持的载波带宽。可以理解为,根据BCS确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽,上述BCS与super BC的BCS相同;或者,fallback BC支持与super BC相同的BCS。1) Determine the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC. It can be understood that the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is determined according to the BCS, and the above-mentioned BCS is the same as the BCS of the super BC; or, the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC.
2)根据super BC的载波带宽(这里的载波带宽是根据super BC的BCS确定的带宽)确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽。可以理解为,fallback BC支持与super BC相同的载波带宽。2) Determine the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth of the super BC (the carrier bandwidth here is the bandwidth determined according to the BCS of the super BC). It can be understood that fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as super BC.
可选的,上述指示信息为1bit指示。Optionally, the above-mentioned indication information is a 1-bit indication.
可选的,上述指示信息在UE能力中上报,网络根据该指示信息确定fallback BC的载波带宽确定方式。Optionally, the above indication information is reported in the UE capability, and the network determines the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC according to the indication information.
可选的,上述指示信息针对每个BC上报,网络根据该指示信息确定该BC的Fallback BC的载波带宽确定方式。Optionally, the above indication information is reported for each BC, and the network determines the carrier bandwidth determination method of the Fallback BC of the BC according to the indication information.
一种实现方式为,UE采用1bit信息指示该BC的fallback BC的带宽确定方式。当BC有多个fallback BC时,由UE确定向网络指示采用哪种fallback BC的载波带宽的确定方式。一种可选的确定方法为,UE遍历得到该BC的所有fallback BC,对于相同BCS下,fallback BC支持的载波带宽少于super BC支持的载波带宽这样的Fallback BC的数目为A,相同BCS下,fallback BC支持的载波带宽多于super BC支持的载波带宽这样的Fallback BC的数目为B,当A小于(或等于)B时,UE向网络指示为确定方式1,当A大于(或等于)B时,UE向网络指示为确定方式2。An implementation manner is that the UE uses 1 bit information to indicate the bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC of the BC. When the BC has multiple fallback BCs, the UE determines the method of indicating to the network which carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC to use. An optional determination method is that the UE traverses all the fallback BCs of the BC. For the same BCS, the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC is less than the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC. The number of fallback BCs is A, and under the same BCS, the number of fallback BCs is A. , the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC is more than the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC. The number of Fallback BCs is B. When A is less than (or equal to) B, the UE indicates to the network as determination method 1. When A is greater than (or equal to) At B, the UE indicates to the network that it is the determination mode 2.
另一种可选的确定方法为,UE遍历得到该BC的所有fallback BC,在fallback BC的带宽确定方式1下,UE需要显示上报的fallback BC数目,小于等于在fallback BC的带宽确定方式2下,UE需要显示上报的fallback BC数目时,UE向网络指示为确定方式1,否则,在fallback BC的带宽确定方式1下,UE需要显示上报的fallback BC数目,大于等于在fallback BC的带宽确定方式2下,UE需要显示上报的fallback BC数目时,UE向网络指示为确定方式2。Another optional determination method is that the UE traverses all the fallback BCs of the BC. In the fallback BC bandwidth determination method 1, the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, which is less than or equal to the fallback BC bandwidth determination method 2 , when the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, the UE indicates to the network that it is the determination method 1, otherwise, in the fallback BC bandwidth determination method 1, the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, which is greater than or equal to the bandwidth determination method in the fallback BC 2, when the UE needs to display the reported number of fallback BCs, the UE indicates to the network that it is the determination mode 2.
在上述两种fallback BC带宽的确定方式下,针对fallback BC的带宽,在下述条件下UE需要显示上报fallback BC:Under the above two methods of determining the fallback BC bandwidth, for the bandwidth of the fallback BC, the UE needs to display and report the fallback BC under the following conditions:
在确定方式1下,需要显示上报的fallback BC包括至少满足以下一项条件时的fallback BC:Under determination method 1, the fallback BC that needs to be displayed and reported includes the fallback BC when at least one of the following conditions is met:
1)如果fallback BC定义并支持与super BC相同的BCS,并且,fallback BC在 该BCS上在给定频段支持的载波带宽不能够完全包含(少于或部分包含)super BC在该频段上支持的载波带宽;或者1) If the fallback BC defines and supports the same BCS as the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC on the BCS in a given frequency band cannot fully contain (less or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC on this frequency band carrier bandwidth; or
2)fallback BC不支持与super BC相同的BCS,即fallback BC支持的BCS多于或少于super BC的BCS;这里fallback BC支持的BCS多于super BC的BCS的情况,指的是UE能力支持的fallback BC的BCS多于super BC的BCS;fallback BC支持的BCS少于super BC的BCS的情况,既包含UE能力支持的fallback BC的BCS更少,也包含为fallback BC定义的BCS少于super BC的BCS的情况,即fallback BC未定义某一个或多个super BC的BCS。2) The fallback BC does not support the same BCS as the super BC, that is, the fallback BC supports more or less BCS than the super BC; here, the fallback BC supports more BCS than the super BC's BCS, which refers to the UE capability support The BCS of the fallback BC is more than the BCS of the super BC; the BCS supported by the fallback BC is less than the BCS of the super BC, including both the UE capability supports less BCS of the fallback BC, and the BCS defined for the fallback BC is less than that of the super BC. In the case of BC's BCS, that is, fallback BC does not define the BCS of one or more super BCs.
在确定方式2下,需要显示上报的fallback BC包括至少满足以下一项条件时的fallback BC:In determination method 2, the fallback BC that needs to be displayed and reported includes the fallback BC when at least one of the following conditions is met:
1)在与super BC相同的BCS下,fallback BC支持的载波带宽多于super BC支持的载波带宽;1) Under the same BCS as super BC, the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC is more than the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC;
在上述指示信息是针对每个BC上报,网络根据该指示信息确定该BC的Fallback BC的载波带宽确定方式中,另一种实现方式为,UE采用1个bitmap指示该BC的全部可能的fallback BC的带宽确定方式。Bitmap的长度为BC可能的fallback BC的最大数目。In the above-mentioned indication information is reported for each BC, and the network determines the carrier bandwidth determination method of the Fallback BC of the BC according to the indication information, another implementation method is that the UE uses 1 bitmap to indicate all possible fallback BCs of the BC. bandwidth determination method. The length of the Bitmap is the maximum number of possible fallback BCs.
本方法的好处是,结合了两种Fallback BC带宽确定方式的优势,最大限度地节约信令开销。UE可以根据多个Fallback BC在相同BCS下对应的带宽情况,即与super BC在相同BCS下相比,给定频段支持的带宽是更多还是更少,向网络指示采用哪种带宽确定方式,因此可以灵活地向网络指示对fallback BC带宽的理解方式,保证需要额外显示上报的fallback BC的数目最少,因此信令开销更小。The advantage of this method is that it combines the advantages of the two methods of determining the Fallback BC bandwidth and saves signaling overhead to the greatest extent. The UE can indicate to the network which bandwidth determination method to use according to the corresponding bandwidths of multiple Fallback BCs under the same BCS, that is, compared with super BCs under the same BCS, whether a given frequency band supports more or less bandwidth, Therefore, it is possible to flexibly indicate to the network how to understand the bandwidth of the fallback BC, to ensure that the number of fallback BCs that need to be additionally displayed and reported is the least, so the signaling overhead is smaller.
一种方法三:针对给定BC,UE向网络指示该BC的每个fallback BC的BCS。网络根据UE指示的fallback BC的BCS确定fallback BC的带宽。Method 3: For a given BC, the UE indicates to the network the BCS of each fallback BC of the BC. The network determines the bandwidth of the fallback BC according to the BCS of the fallback BC indicated by the UE.
本方法的好处是,可以明确向网络指示每个fallback BC的BCS,如果fallback BC与super BC的其他能力相同,那么UE也不需要显示上报fallback BC,网络可以根据super BC中上报的fallback BC的BCS确定fallback BC对应于该BCS的载波带宽。The advantage of this method is that the BCS of each fallback BC can be clearly indicated to the network. If the other capabilities of the fallback BC and the super BC are the same, then the UE does not need to report the fallback BC. The network can report the fallback BC according to the super BC. The BCS determines that the fallback BC corresponds to the carrier bandwidth of the BCS.
2.3.3.2发明方案实施例一的技术效果2.3.3.2 Technical effect of the first embodiment of the invention scheme
通过本方案,保证终端和网络在BC的维度结合BCS确定的fallback BC支持的载波带宽是一致的,避免网络对fallback BC进行重配;并且保证网络能够正确根据UE的能力配置fallback BC的载波带宽,避免出现网络配置了超出UE能力的fallback BC的载波带宽,或者避免网络因无法获知UE能力支持的fallback BC的载波带宽导致配置的带宽不丰富,无法配置特定的带宽值,造成网络峰值速率受损,或者UE能耗过大的问题。Through this solution, it is ensured that the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC determined by the terminal and the network in the dimension of the BC combined with the BCS is consistent, avoiding the network reconfiguration of the fallback BC; and ensuring that the network can correctly configure the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC according to the capabilities of the UE , to avoid that the network configures the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC that exceeds the UE's capability, or avoids the network being unable to know the carrier bandwidth of the fallback BC supported by the UE's capability, resulting in insufficient configured bandwidth and inability to configure a specific bandwidth value, resulting in the network peak rate being affected. loss, or excessive UE energy consumption.
2.3.3.3发明方案实施例一区别于现有技术的改进之处2.3.3.3 Improvements in Embodiment 1 Different from the Prior Art
本实施例区别于现有技术的改进点在于,The improvement of this embodiment from the prior art is that,
如果对于与super BC相同的BCS,fallback BC在该BCS上在给定频段支持的载波带宽不能够完全包含(少于或部分包含)super BC在该频段上支持的载波带宽,终端上报fallback BC,并且终端根据super BC支持的载波带宽确定上报的fallback BC的BCS,fallback BC在上述BCS下对应的载波带宽不少于(相同或多于)super BC 的载波带宽。If for the same BCS as super BC, the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC on the BCS in a given frequency band cannot completely contain (less or partially contain) the carrier bandwidth supported by super BC on this frequency band, the terminal reports fallback BC, And the terminal determines the reported BCS of the fallback BC according to the carrier bandwidth supported by the super BC, and the carrier bandwidth corresponding to the fallback BC under the above BCS is not less than (same or more than) the carrier bandwidth of the super BC.
UE向网络发送指示信息,指示fallback BC的载波带宽确定方式。上述确定方式包括:1、根据super BC的BCS确定fallback BC在该BCS下支持的载波带宽,fallback BC支持与super BC相同的BCS;2、根据super BC的载波带宽(根据super BC的BCS确定的带宽)确定fallback BC支持的载波带宽,fallback BC支持与super BC相同的载波带宽。The UE sends indication information to the network, indicating the carrier bandwidth determination method of the fallback BC. The above determination methods include: 1. Determine the carrier bandwidth supported by the fallback BC under the BCS according to the BCS of the super BC, and the fallback BC supports the same BCS as the super BC; 2. According to the carrier bandwidth of the super BC (determined according to the BCS of the super BC) Bandwidth) determines the carrier bandwidth supported by fallback BC, fallback BC supports the same carrier bandwidth as super BC.

Claims (30)

  1. 一种非连续接收控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A discontinuous reception control method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,所述第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,The first communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or,
    所述第一通信装置接收第一数据,所述第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,The first communication device receives first data, where the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or,
    所述第一通信装置接收第一控制信息和第一数据,所述第一控制信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;The first communication device receives first control information and first data, the first control information is used to schedule the first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner;
    所述第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time;
    其中,所述第一定时器用于指示所述第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;所述第二定时器用于指示所述第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。Wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the time period for the first communication apparatus to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the time period before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一控制信息以单播方式传输,或者,所述第一控制信息以组播方式传输。The method according to claim 1, wherein the first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that,
    所述第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后;或者,The first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource; or,
    所述第一时间包括所述第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;或者,The first time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or,
    所述第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后;或者,The first time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource; or,
    所述第一时间包括所述第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;The first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource;
    其中,所述第一反馈资源与所述第一数据相关联,所述第一传输资源包括传输所述第一控制信息或者所述第一数据的资源。The first feedback resource is associated with the first data, and the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting the first control information or the first data.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that,
    所述第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间或时间之前或时间之后;或者,The first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; or,
    所述第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后。The first time includes the time after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or the zth time before the zth time domain resource or the zth time. after domain resources.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 4, wherein:
    所述第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后,或者,The second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or,
    所述第二时间包括所述第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;The second time includes the xth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource;
    其中,所述第一反馈资源与所述第一数据相关联。Wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 4, wherein:
    所述第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后,或者,The second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource, or,
    所述第二时间包括所述第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或 第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;The second time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource;
    其中,所述第一传输资源包括传输所述第一控制信息或者所述第一数据的资源。Wherein, the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting the first control information or the first data.
  7. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一通信装置获取指示信息,所述指示信息包括所述第一时间的信息。The first communication apparatus acquires indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time.
    所述第一通信装置根据所述指示信息确定所述第一时间。The first communication device determines the first time according to the indication information.
  8. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that,
    所述第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之前或之后的第w个时域资源或第w个时域资源前或第w个时域资源后;The first time includes the wth time domain resource before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the wth time domain resource or after the wth time domain resource;
    其中,所述第一反馈资源与所述第一数据相关联。Wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-8, wherein the first communication device starting or restarting the first timer or the second timer according to the first time comprises:
    所述第一通信装置在所述第一时间启动或重启所述第一定时器或所述第二定时器;或者,The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer at the first time; or,
    所述第一通信装置在所述第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer after the first time or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource .
  10. 根据权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1-9, wherein,
    所述第二定时器超时,启动或重启所述第一定时器。The second timer expires, and the first timer is started or restarted.
  11. 一种非连续接收控制方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A discontinuous reception control method, characterized in that the method comprises:
    第一通信装置接收第一控制信息,所述第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,所述第一通信装置接收所述第一数据;the first communication device receives first control information, where the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and/or the first communication device receives the first data;
    所述第一通信装置确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,所述第一HARQ反馈与所述第一数据相关联;the first communication apparatus determines not to transmit a first hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ feedback, the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data;
    所述第一通信装置根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,所述第一定时器用于指示所述第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;所述第二定时器用于指示所述第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。The first communication device starts or restarts the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the first timer The second timer is used to indicate the time period before the first communication apparatus receives the retransmitted data.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 11, wherein:
    所述第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或,The transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or,
    所述第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突。The transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12, wherein:
    所述第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于所述第一传输对应的优先级;The priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission;
    或者,所述第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于所述第一接收对应的优先级。Alternatively, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first reception.
  14. 根据权利要求11或12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11 or 12, wherein,
    第一传输包括以下任一项或多项:第二HARQ反馈的传输、第一数据传输、第一侧行链路传输。The first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of second HARQ feedback, first data transmission, and first sidelink transmission.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 14, wherein:
    第一接收包括以下任一项或多项:第三HARQ反馈的接收。The first reception includes any one or more of the following: reception of a third HARQ feedback.
  16. 一种第一通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;A first communication device, characterized in that the first communication device comprises: a transceiver module and a processing module;
    所述收发模块,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据,第一 数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,所述收发模块,用于接收第一数据,第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;或者,所述收发模块,用于接收第一控制信息和第一数据,第一控制信息用于调度所述第一数据,所述第一数据为组播数据或以组播方式传输的数据;The transceiver module is used to receive first control information, the first control information is used to schedule first data, and the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode; or, the transceiver module is used to receive first data, where the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast manner; or, the transceiver module is configured to receive first control information and first data, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data data, the first data is multicast data or data transmitted in a multicast mode;
    所述处理模块,用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示收发模块接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示收发模块接收重传的数据前的时长。The processing module is used to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein, the first timer is used to indicate the duration of the transceiver module to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to indicate the transceiver module. The amount of time before receiving retransmitted data.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16, wherein,
    第一控制信息以单播方式传输,或者,第一控制信息以组播方式传输。The first control information is transmitted in a unicast manner, or the first control information is transmitted in a multicast manner.
  18. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后;或者,第一时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。The first time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource; or, the first time includes after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource The xth time domain resource of or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; or, the first time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or the time domain position of the first transmission resource before or the first time After the time domain position of a transmission resource; or, the first time includes the yth time domain resource after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; The first feedback resource is associated with the first data, and the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting the first control information or the first data.
  19. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间或时间之前或时间之后;或者,第一时间包括第二时间之后或之前,且距离第二时间的时长为第一时间间隔的时间之后或之前的第z个时域资源或第z个时域资源前或第z个时域资源后。The first time includes after or before the second time, and the duration from the second time is the time of the first time interval or before or after the time; alternatively, the first time includes after or before the second time, and the distance from the second time The duration is the zth time domain resource after or before the time of the first time interval or before the zth time domain resource or after the zth time domain resource.
  20. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置或第一反馈资源的时域位置前或第一反馈资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之后或之前的第x个时域资源或第x个时域资源前或第x个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。The second time includes the time domain position of the first feedback resource or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or the second time includes after or before the time domain position of the first feedback resource The xth time domain resource of or before the xth time domain resource or after the xth time domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is associated with the first data.
  21. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置或第一传输资源的时域位置前或第一传输资源的时域位置后,或者,第二时间包括第一传输资源的时域位置之后或之前的第y个时域资源或第y个时域资源前或第y个时域资源后;其中,第一传输资源包括传输第一控制信息或者第一数据的资源。The second time includes the time domain position of the first transmission resource or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource or after the time domain position of the first transmission resource, or the second time includes after or before the time domain position of the first transmission resource The yth time domain resource of or before the yth time domain resource or after the yth time domain resource; wherein, the first transmission resource includes a resource for transmitting first control information or first data.
  22. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    所述处理模块,还用于获取指示信息,指示信息包括第一时间的信息;所述处理模块,还用于根据指示信息确定第一时间。The processing module is further configured to acquire indication information, where the indication information includes information of the first time; the processing module is further configured to determine the first time according to the indication information.
  23. 根据权利要求16或17所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 16 or 17, characterized in that,
    第一时间包括第一反馈资源的时域位置之前或之后的第w个时域资源或第w个时域资源前或第w个时域资源后;其中,第一反馈资源与第一数据相关联。The first time includes the wth time domain resource before or after the time domain position of the first feedback resource, or before the wth time domain resource or after the wth time domain resource; wherein, the first feedback resource is related to the first data link.
  24. 根据权利要求16-23任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 16-23, characterized in that:
    处理模块1401用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器包括:处理模块1401用于在第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;或者,处理模块1401用于在第一时间之后或之前的第m个时域资源或第m个时域资源前或第m个时域资源后启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器。The processing module 1401 is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time, including: the processing module 1401 is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer at the first time; or, the processing module 1401 It is used to start or restart the first timer or the second timer after or before the mth time domain resource or before the mth time domain resource or after the mth time domain resource.
  25. 根据权利要求16-24任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to any one of claims 16-24, wherein,
    第二定时器超时,启动或重启第一定时器。The second timer times out, and the first timer is started or restarted.
  26. 一种第一通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一通信装置包括:收发模块和处理模块;A first communication device, characterized in that the first communication device comprises: a transceiver module and a processing module;
    所述收发模块,用于接收第一控制信息,第一控制信息用于调度第一数据;和/或,所述收发模块,用于接收第一数据;所述处理模块,用于确定不传输第一混合自动重传请求HARQ反馈,第一HARQ反馈与第一数据相关联;所述处理模块,用于根据第一时间启动或重启第一定时器或第二定时器;其中,第一定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据的时长;第二定时器用于指示第一通信装置接收重传的数据前的时长。The transceiver module is used to receive the first control information, and the first control information is used to schedule the first data; and/or the transceiver module is used to receive the first data; the processing module is used to determine not to transmit The first HARQ feedback is requested for HARQ feedback, and the first HARQ feedback is associated with the first data; the processing module is configured to start or restart the first timer or the second timer according to the first time; wherein, the first timing The timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data; the second timer is used to instruct the first communication device to receive the retransmitted data.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一传输冲突;或,第一HARQ反馈的传输与第一接收冲突。The communication apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first transmission; or, the transmission of the first HARQ feedback collides with the first reception.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device of claim 26, wherein:
    第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于第一传输对应的优先级;或者,第一HARQ反馈的传输对应的优先级低于所述第一接收对应的优先级。The priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first transmission; or, the priority corresponding to the transmission of the first HARQ feedback is lower than the priority corresponding to the first reception.
  29. 根据权利要求26或27所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 26 or 27, characterized in that,
    第一传输包括以下任一项或多项:第二HARQ反馈的传输、第一数据传输、第一侧行链路传输。The first transmission includes any one or more of the following: transmission of second HARQ feedback, first data transmission, and first sidelink transmission.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的通信装置,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 29, wherein,
    第一接收包括以下任一项或多项:第三HARQ反馈的接收。The first reception includes any one or more of the following: reception of a third HARQ feedback.
PCT/CN2022/084211 2021-04-02 2022-03-30 Discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system WO2022206864A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110363938.XA CN115175374A (en) 2021-04-02 2021-04-02 Discontinuous reception control method, device and system
CN202110363938.X 2021-04-02

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022206864A1 true WO2022206864A1 (en) 2022-10-06

Family

ID=83458015

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/084211 WO2022206864A1 (en) 2021-04-02 2022-03-30 Discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115175374A (en)
WO (1) WO2022206864A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI833472B (en) * 2022-11-30 2024-02-21 財團法人工業技術研究院 Communication system and communication method

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104854811A (en) * 2012-09-26 2015-08-19 交互数字专利控股公司 Methods for dynamic tdd uplink/downlink configuration
CN107734606A (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The transmission method and device of a kind of multicast service
US20200396760A1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-12-17 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Wireless communications and control information transmission/reception

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN104854811A (en) * 2012-09-26 2015-08-19 交互数字专利控股公司 Methods for dynamic tdd uplink/downlink configuration
CN107734606A (en) * 2016-08-12 2018-02-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 The transmission method and device of a kind of multicast service
US20200396760A1 (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-12-17 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc Wireless communications and control information transmission/reception

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
CATT: "Discussion on group scheduling mechanism for RRC_CONNECTED UEs in MBS", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2007835, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20201026 - 20201113, 24 October 2020 (2020-10-24), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051946516 *
ZHAO XIAN-MING, ZHU FU-SHENG;ZHU XIAO-RONG: "Study on the Random Access Procedure of TD-LTE", JOURNAL OF NANJING UNIVERSITY OF POSTS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS (NATURAL SCIENCE EDITION), NANJING UNIVERSITY OF POSTS AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS, CN, vol. 33, no. 5, 4 November 2013 (2013-11-04), CN , pages 15 - 20, XP055973544, ISSN: 1673-5439, DOI: 10.14132/j.cnki.1673-5439.2013.05.009 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115175374A (en) 2022-10-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2018137539A1 (en) Method for transmitting data, terminal device, and network device
JP6766169B2 (en) Wireless terminals and base stations
WO2018030305A1 (en) Wireless terminal and base station
US10389493B2 (en) Terminal device, communication method, and integrated circuit
WO2018127217A1 (en) Monitoring indication and monitoring methods and devices
US20230093727A1 (en) User equipment and method for multicast/broadcast service
TW201826771A (en) Method and apparatus for timing relationship between control channel and data channel in a wireless communication system
WO2020221093A1 (en) Method and apparatus for monitoring and configuring search space
TWI535233B (en) Method for transmitting data in a network
US9526096B2 (en) PDCCH monitoring scheme considering EPDCCH
WO2018082420A1 (en) Monitoring instructing and monitoring method and apparatus with short transmission time interval
WO2012130179A1 (en) Subframe configuration method in time division duplex system, base station and user equipment
WO2021180098A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication apparatus
US11039462B2 (en) Terminal apparatus, base station apparatus, communication method, and integrated circuit
WO2020143551A1 (en) Channel detection method and apparatus
WO2017113405A1 (en) Cross-carrier scheduling method, feedback method and apparatus
WO2019028792A1 (en) Resource allocation method and device
US20220360951A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN111837350A (en) Communication device, infrastructure equipment, wireless communication system and method
WO2020143806A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2022206864A1 (en) Discontinuous reception control method, apparatus and system
WO2021204088A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2014131355A1 (en) Method, system and equipment for counting of drx timer
TWI816503B (en) Methods and user equipment for wireless communications
WO2020051889A1 (en) Method for transmitting data, and method and device for sending control information

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22779046

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 22779046

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1